This is
/home/build/zhenqiang/create-sysroot/crosstool-ng-linaro-1.13.1-4.8-2014.03/builds/arm-linux-gnueabi-linux/.build/arm-linux-gnueabi/build/build-libc/manual/libc.info,
produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from libc.texinfo.

INFO-DIR-SECTION Software libraries
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Libc: (libc).                 C library.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY

INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU C library functions and macros
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* ALTWERASE: (libc)Local Modes.
* ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN: (libc)Argp Parser Functions.
* ARG_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
* BC_BASE_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
* BC_DIM_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
* BC_SCALE_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
* BC_STRING_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
* BRKINT: (libc)Input Modes.
* BUFSIZ: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
* CCTS_OFLOW: (libc)Control Modes.
* CHILD_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
* CIGNORE: (libc)Control Modes.
* CLK_TCK: (libc)Processor Time.
* CLOCAL: (libc)Control Modes.
* CLOCKS_PER_SEC: (libc)CPU Time.
* COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
* CPU_CLR: (libc)CPU Affinity.
* CPU_ISSET: (libc)CPU Affinity.
* CPU_SET: (libc)CPU Affinity.
* CPU_SETSIZE: (libc)CPU Affinity.
* CPU_ZERO: (libc)CPU Affinity.
* CREAD: (libc)Control Modes.
* CRTS_IFLOW: (libc)Control Modes.
* CS5: (libc)Control Modes.
* CS6: (libc)Control Modes.
* CS7: (libc)Control Modes.
* CS8: (libc)Control Modes.
* CSIZE: (libc)Control Modes.
* CSTOPB: (libc)Control Modes.
* DES_FAILED: (libc)DES Encryption.
* DTTOIF: (libc)Directory Entries.
* E2BIG: (libc)Error Codes.
* EACCES: (libc)Error Codes.
* EADDRINUSE: (libc)Error Codes.
* EADDRNOTAVAIL: (libc)Error Codes.
* EADV: (libc)Error Codes.
* EAFNOSUPPORT: (libc)Error Codes.
* EAGAIN: (libc)Error Codes.
* EALREADY: (libc)Error Codes.
* EAUTH: (libc)Error Codes.
* EBACKGROUND: (libc)Error Codes.
* EBADE: (libc)Error Codes.
* EBADF: (libc)Error Codes.
* EBADFD: (libc)Error Codes.
* EBADMSG: (libc)Error Codes.
* EBADR: (libc)Error Codes.
* EBADRPC: (libc)Error Codes.
* EBADRQC: (libc)Error Codes.
* EBADSLT: (libc)Error Codes.
* EBFONT: (libc)Error Codes.
* EBUSY: (libc)Error Codes.
* ECANCELED: (libc)Error Codes.
* ECHILD: (libc)Error Codes.
* ECHO: (libc)Local Modes.
* ECHOCTL: (libc)Local Modes.
* ECHOE: (libc)Local Modes.
* ECHOK: (libc)Local Modes.
* ECHOKE: (libc)Local Modes.
* ECHONL: (libc)Local Modes.
* ECHOPRT: (libc)Local Modes.
* ECHRNG: (libc)Error Codes.
* ECOMM: (libc)Error Codes.
* ECONNABORTED: (libc)Error Codes.
* ECONNREFUSED: (libc)Error Codes.
* ECONNRESET: (libc)Error Codes.
* ED: (libc)Error Codes.
* EDEADLK: (libc)Error Codes.
* EDEADLOCK: (libc)Error Codes.
* EDESTADDRREQ: (libc)Error Codes.
* EDIED: (libc)Error Codes.
* EDOM: (libc)Error Codes.
* EDOTDOT: (libc)Error Codes.
* EDQUOT: (libc)Error Codes.
* EEXIST: (libc)Error Codes.
* EFAULT: (libc)Error Codes.
* EFBIG: (libc)Error Codes.
* EFTYPE: (libc)Error Codes.
* EGRATUITOUS: (libc)Error Codes.
* EGREGIOUS: (libc)Error Codes.
* EHOSTDOWN: (libc)Error Codes.
* EHOSTUNREACH: (libc)Error Codes.
* EHWPOISON: (libc)Error Codes.
* EIDRM: (libc)Error Codes.
* EIEIO: (libc)Error Codes.
* EILSEQ: (libc)Error Codes.
* EINPROGRESS: (libc)Error Codes.
* EINTR: (libc)Error Codes.
* EINVAL: (libc)Error Codes.
* EIO: (libc)Error Codes.
* EISCONN: (libc)Error Codes.
* EISDIR: (libc)Error Codes.
* EISNAM: (libc)Error Codes.
* EKEYEXPIRED: (libc)Error Codes.
* EKEYREJECTED: (libc)Error Codes.
* EKEYREVOKED: (libc)Error Codes.
* EL2HLT: (libc)Error Codes.
* EL2NSYNC: (libc)Error Codes.
* EL3HLT: (libc)Error Codes.
* EL3RST: (libc)Error Codes.
* ELIBACC: (libc)Error Codes.
* ELIBBAD: (libc)Error Codes.
* ELIBEXEC: (libc)Error Codes.
* ELIBMAX: (libc)Error Codes.
* ELIBSCN: (libc)Error Codes.
* ELNRNG: (libc)Error Codes.
* ELOOP: (libc)Error Codes.
* EMEDIUMTYPE: (libc)Error Codes.
* EMFILE: (libc)Error Codes.
* EMLINK: (libc)Error Codes.
* EMSGSIZE: (libc)Error Codes.
* EMULTIHOP: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENAMETOOLONG: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENAVAIL: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENEEDAUTH: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENETDOWN: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENETRESET: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENETUNREACH: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENFILE: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOANO: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOBUFS: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOCSI: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENODATA: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENODEV: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOENT: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOEXEC: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOKEY: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOLCK: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOLINK: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOMEDIUM: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOMEM: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOMSG: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENONET: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOPKG: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOPROTOOPT: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOSPC: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOSR: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOSTR: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOSYS: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOTBLK: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOTCONN: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOTDIR: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOTEMPTY: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOTNAM: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOTRECOVERABLE: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOTSOCK: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOTSUP: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOTTY: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENOTUNIQ: (libc)Error Codes.
* ENXIO: (libc)Error Codes.
* EOF: (libc)EOF and Errors.
* EOPNOTSUPP: (libc)Error Codes.
* EOVERFLOW: (libc)Error Codes.
* EOWNERDEAD: (libc)Error Codes.
* EPERM: (libc)Error Codes.
* EPFNOSUPPORT: (libc)Error Codes.
* EPIPE: (libc)Error Codes.
* EPROCLIM: (libc)Error Codes.
* EPROCUNAVAIL: (libc)Error Codes.
* EPROGMISMATCH: (libc)Error Codes.
* EPROGUNAVAIL: (libc)Error Codes.
* EPROTO: (libc)Error Codes.
* EPROTONOSUPPORT: (libc)Error Codes.
* EPROTOTYPE: (libc)Error Codes.
* EQUIV_CLASS_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
* ERANGE: (libc)Error Codes.
* EREMCHG: (libc)Error Codes.
* EREMOTE: (libc)Error Codes.
* EREMOTEIO: (libc)Error Codes.
* ERESTART: (libc)Error Codes.
* ERFKILL: (libc)Error Codes.
* EROFS: (libc)Error Codes.
* ERPCMISMATCH: (libc)Error Codes.
* ESHUTDOWN: (libc)Error Codes.
* ESOCKTNOSUPPORT: (libc)Error Codes.
* ESPIPE: (libc)Error Codes.
* ESRCH: (libc)Error Codes.
* ESRMNT: (libc)Error Codes.
* ESTALE: (libc)Error Codes.
* ESTRPIPE: (libc)Error Codes.
* ETIME: (libc)Error Codes.
* ETIMEDOUT: (libc)Error Codes.
* ETOOMANYREFS: (libc)Error Codes.
* ETXTBSY: (libc)Error Codes.
* EUCLEAN: (libc)Error Codes.
* EUNATCH: (libc)Error Codes.
* EUSERS: (libc)Error Codes.
* EWOULDBLOCK: (libc)Error Codes.
* EXDEV: (libc)Error Codes.
* EXFULL: (libc)Error Codes.
* EXIT_FAILURE: (libc)Exit Status.
* EXIT_SUCCESS: (libc)Exit Status.
* EXPR_NEST_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
* FD_CLOEXEC: (libc)Descriptor Flags.
* FD_CLR: (libc)Waiting for I/O.
* FD_ISSET: (libc)Waiting for I/O.
* FD_SET: (libc)Waiting for I/O.
* FD_SETSIZE: (libc)Waiting for I/O.
* FD_ZERO: (libc)Waiting for I/O.
* FILENAME_MAX: (libc)Limits for Files.
* FLUSHO: (libc)Local Modes.
* FOPEN_MAX: (libc)Opening Streams.
* FP_ILOGB0: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* FP_ILOGBNAN: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* F_DUPFD: (libc)Duplicating Descriptors.
* F_GETFD: (libc)Descriptor Flags.
* F_GETFL: (libc)Getting File Status Flags.
* F_GETLK: (libc)File Locks.
* F_GETOWN: (libc)Interrupt Input.
* F_OK: (libc)Testing File Access.
* F_SETFD: (libc)Descriptor Flags.
* F_SETFL: (libc)Getting File Status Flags.
* F_SETLK: (libc)File Locks.
* F_SETLKW: (libc)File Locks.
* F_SETOWN: (libc)Interrupt Input.
* HUGE_VAL: (libc)Math Error Reporting.
* HUGE_VALF: (libc)Math Error Reporting.
* HUGE_VALL: (libc)Math Error Reporting.
* HUPCL: (libc)Control Modes.
* I: (libc)Complex Numbers.
* ICANON: (libc)Local Modes.
* ICRNL: (libc)Input Modes.
* IEXTEN: (libc)Local Modes.
* IFNAMSIZ: (libc)Interface Naming.
* IFTODT: (libc)Directory Entries.
* IGNBRK: (libc)Input Modes.
* IGNCR: (libc)Input Modes.
* IGNPAR: (libc)Input Modes.
* IMAXBEL: (libc)Input Modes.
* INADDR_ANY: (libc)Host Address Data Type.
* INADDR_BROADCAST: (libc)Host Address Data Type.
* INADDR_LOOPBACK: (libc)Host Address Data Type.
* INADDR_NONE: (libc)Host Address Data Type.
* INFINITY: (libc)Infinity and NaN.
* INLCR: (libc)Input Modes.
* INPCK: (libc)Input Modes.
* IPPORT_RESERVED: (libc)Ports.
* IPPORT_USERRESERVED: (libc)Ports.
* ISIG: (libc)Local Modes.
* ISTRIP: (libc)Input Modes.
* IXANY: (libc)Input Modes.
* IXOFF: (libc)Input Modes.
* IXON: (libc)Input Modes.
* LINE_MAX: (libc)Utility Limits.
* LINK_MAX: (libc)Limits for Files.
* L_ctermid: (libc)Identifying the Terminal.
* L_cuserid: (libc)Who Logged In.
* L_tmpnam: (libc)Temporary Files.
* MAXNAMLEN: (libc)Limits for Files.
* MAXSYMLINKS: (libc)Symbolic Links.
* MAX_CANON: (libc)Limits for Files.
* MAX_INPUT: (libc)Limits for Files.
* MB_CUR_MAX: (libc)Selecting the Conversion.
* MB_LEN_MAX: (libc)Selecting the Conversion.
* MDMBUF: (libc)Control Modes.
* MSG_DONTROUTE: (libc)Socket Data Options.
* MSG_OOB: (libc)Socket Data Options.
* MSG_PEEK: (libc)Socket Data Options.
* NAME_MAX: (libc)Limits for Files.
* NAN: (libc)Infinity and NaN.
* NCCS: (libc)Mode Data Types.
* NGROUPS_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
* NOFLSH: (libc)Local Modes.
* NOKERNINFO: (libc)Local Modes.
* NSIG: (libc)Standard Signals.
* NULL: (libc)Null Pointer Constant.
* ONLCR: (libc)Output Modes.
* ONOEOT: (libc)Output Modes.
* OPEN_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
* OPOST: (libc)Output Modes.
* OXTABS: (libc)Output Modes.
* O_ACCMODE: (libc)Access Modes.
* O_APPEND: (libc)Operating Modes.
* O_ASYNC: (libc)Operating Modes.
* O_CREAT: (libc)Open-time Flags.
* O_EXCL: (libc)Open-time Flags.
* O_EXEC: (libc)Access Modes.
* O_EXLOCK: (libc)Open-time Flags.
* O_FSYNC: (libc)Operating Modes.
* O_IGNORE_CTTY: (libc)Open-time Flags.
* O_NDELAY: (libc)Operating Modes.
* O_NOATIME: (libc)Operating Modes.
* O_NOCTTY: (libc)Open-time Flags.
* O_NOLINK: (libc)Open-time Flags.
* O_NONBLOCK: (libc)Open-time Flags.
* O_NONBLOCK: (libc)Operating Modes.
* O_NOTRANS: (libc)Open-time Flags.
* O_RDONLY: (libc)Access Modes.
* O_RDWR: (libc)Access Modes.
* O_READ: (libc)Access Modes.
* O_SHLOCK: (libc)Open-time Flags.
* O_SYNC: (libc)Operating Modes.
* O_TRUNC: (libc)Open-time Flags.
* O_WRITE: (libc)Access Modes.
* O_WRONLY: (libc)Access Modes.
* PARENB: (libc)Control Modes.
* PARMRK: (libc)Input Modes.
* PARODD: (libc)Control Modes.
* PATH_MAX: (libc)Limits for Files.
* PA_FLAG_MASK: (libc)Parsing a Template String.
* PENDIN: (libc)Local Modes.
* PF_FILE: (libc)Local Namespace Details.
* PF_INET6: (libc)Internet Namespace.
* PF_INET: (libc)Internet Namespace.
* PF_LOCAL: (libc)Local Namespace Details.
* PF_UNIX: (libc)Local Namespace Details.
* PIPE_BUF: (libc)Limits for Files.
* P_tmpdir: (libc)Temporary Files.
* RAND_MAX: (libc)ISO Random.
* RE_DUP_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
* RLIM_INFINITY: (libc)Limits on Resources.
* R_OK: (libc)Testing File Access.
* SA_NOCLDSTOP: (libc)Flags for Sigaction.
* SA_ONSTACK: (libc)Flags for Sigaction.
* SA_RESTART: (libc)Flags for Sigaction.
* SEEK_CUR: (libc)File Positioning.
* SEEK_END: (libc)File Positioning.
* SEEK_SET: (libc)File Positioning.
* SIGABRT: (libc)Program Error Signals.
* SIGALRM: (libc)Alarm Signals.
* SIGBUS: (libc)Program Error Signals.
* SIGCHLD: (libc)Job Control Signals.
* SIGCLD: (libc)Job Control Signals.
* SIGCONT: (libc)Job Control Signals.
* SIGEMT: (libc)Program Error Signals.
* SIGFPE: (libc)Program Error Signals.
* SIGHUP: (libc)Termination Signals.
* SIGILL: (libc)Program Error Signals.
* SIGINFO: (libc)Miscellaneous Signals.
* SIGINT: (libc)Termination Signals.
* SIGIO: (libc)Asynchronous I/O Signals.
* SIGIOT: (libc)Program Error Signals.
* SIGKILL: (libc)Termination Signals.
* SIGLOST: (libc)Operation Error Signals.
* SIGPIPE: (libc)Operation Error Signals.
* SIGPOLL: (libc)Asynchronous I/O Signals.
* SIGPROF: (libc)Alarm Signals.
* SIGQUIT: (libc)Termination Signals.
* SIGSEGV: (libc)Program Error Signals.
* SIGSTOP: (libc)Job Control Signals.
* SIGSYS: (libc)Program Error Signals.
* SIGTERM: (libc)Termination Signals.
* SIGTRAP: (libc)Program Error Signals.
* SIGTSTP: (libc)Job Control Signals.
* SIGTTIN: (libc)Job Control Signals.
* SIGTTOU: (libc)Job Control Signals.
* SIGURG: (libc)Asynchronous I/O Signals.
* SIGUSR1: (libc)Miscellaneous Signals.
* SIGUSR2: (libc)Miscellaneous Signals.
* SIGVTALRM: (libc)Alarm Signals.
* SIGWINCH: (libc)Miscellaneous Signals.
* SIGXCPU: (libc)Operation Error Signals.
* SIGXFSZ: (libc)Operation Error Signals.
* SIG_ERR: (libc)Basic Signal Handling.
* SOCK_DGRAM: (libc)Communication Styles.
* SOCK_RAW: (libc)Communication Styles.
* SOCK_RDM: (libc)Communication Styles.
* SOCK_SEQPACKET: (libc)Communication Styles.
* SOCK_STREAM: (libc)Communication Styles.
* SOL_SOCKET: (libc)Socket-Level Options.
* SSIZE_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
* STREAM_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
* SUN_LEN: (libc)Local Namespace Details.
* SV_INTERRUPT: (libc)BSD Handler.
* SV_ONSTACK: (libc)BSD Handler.
* SV_RESETHAND: (libc)BSD Handler.
* S_IFMT: (libc)Testing File Type.
* S_ISBLK: (libc)Testing File Type.
* S_ISCHR: (libc)Testing File Type.
* S_ISDIR: (libc)Testing File Type.
* S_ISFIFO: (libc)Testing File Type.
* S_ISLNK: (libc)Testing File Type.
* S_ISREG: (libc)Testing File Type.
* S_ISSOCK: (libc)Testing File Type.
* S_TYPEISMQ: (libc)Testing File Type.
* S_TYPEISSEM: (libc)Testing File Type.
* S_TYPEISSHM: (libc)Testing File Type.
* TMP_MAX: (libc)Temporary Files.
* TOSTOP: (libc)Local Modes.
* TZNAME_MAX: (libc)General Limits.
* VDISCARD: (libc)Other Special.
* VDSUSP: (libc)Signal Characters.
* VEOF: (libc)Editing Characters.
* VEOL2: (libc)Editing Characters.
* VEOL: (libc)Editing Characters.
* VERASE: (libc)Editing Characters.
* VINTR: (libc)Signal Characters.
* VKILL: (libc)Editing Characters.
* VLNEXT: (libc)Other Special.
* VMIN: (libc)Noncanonical Input.
* VQUIT: (libc)Signal Characters.
* VREPRINT: (libc)Editing Characters.
* VSTART: (libc)Start/Stop Characters.
* VSTATUS: (libc)Other Special.
* VSTOP: (libc)Start/Stop Characters.
* VSUSP: (libc)Signal Characters.
* VTIME: (libc)Noncanonical Input.
* VWERASE: (libc)Editing Characters.
* WCHAR_MAX: (libc)Extended Char Intro.
* WCHAR_MIN: (libc)Extended Char Intro.
* WCOREDUMP: (libc)Process Completion Status.
* WEOF: (libc)EOF and Errors.
* WEOF: (libc)Extended Char Intro.
* WEXITSTATUS: (libc)Process Completion Status.
* WIFEXITED: (libc)Process Completion Status.
* WIFSIGNALED: (libc)Process Completion Status.
* WIFSTOPPED: (libc)Process Completion Status.
* WSTOPSIG: (libc)Process Completion Status.
* WTERMSIG: (libc)Process Completion Status.
* W_OK: (libc)Testing File Access.
* X_OK: (libc)Testing File Access.
* _Complex_I: (libc)Complex Numbers.
* _Exit: (libc)Termination Internals.
* _IOFBF: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
* _IOLBF: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
* _IONBF: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
* _Imaginary_I: (libc)Complex Numbers.
* _PATH_UTMP: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* _PATH_WTMP: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* _POSIX2_C_DEV: (libc)System Options.
* _POSIX2_C_VERSION: (libc)Version Supported.
* _POSIX2_FORT_DEV: (libc)System Options.
* _POSIX2_FORT_RUN: (libc)System Options.
* _POSIX2_LOCALEDEF: (libc)System Options.
* _POSIX2_SW_DEV: (libc)System Options.
* _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED: (libc)Options for Files.
* _POSIX_JOB_CONTROL: (libc)System Options.
* _POSIX_NO_TRUNC: (libc)Options for Files.
* _POSIX_SAVED_IDS: (libc)System Options.
* _POSIX_VDISABLE: (libc)Options for Files.
* _POSIX_VERSION: (libc)Version Supported.
* __fbufsize: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
* __flbf: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
* __fpending: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
* __fpurge: (libc)Flushing Buffers.
* __freadable: (libc)Opening Streams.
* __freading: (libc)Opening Streams.
* __fsetlocking: (libc)Streams and Threads.
* __fwritable: (libc)Opening Streams.
* __fwriting: (libc)Opening Streams.
* __gconv_end_fct: (libc)glibc iconv Implementation.
* __gconv_fct: (libc)glibc iconv Implementation.
* __gconv_init_fct: (libc)glibc iconv Implementation.
* __ppc_get_timebase: (libc)PowerPC.
* __ppc_get_timebase_freq: (libc)PowerPC.
* __ppc_mdoio: (libc)PowerPC.
* __ppc_mdoom: (libc)PowerPC.
* __ppc_set_ppr_low: (libc)PowerPC.
* __ppc_set_ppr_med: (libc)PowerPC.
* __ppc_set_ppr_med_low: (libc)PowerPC.
* __ppc_yield: (libc)PowerPC.
* __va_copy: (libc)Argument Macros.
* _exit: (libc)Termination Internals.
* _flushlbf: (libc)Flushing Buffers.
* _tolower: (libc)Case Conversion.
* _toupper: (libc)Case Conversion.
* a64l: (libc)Encode Binary Data.
* abort: (libc)Aborting a Program.
* abs: (libc)Absolute Value.
* accept: (libc)Accepting Connections.
* access: (libc)Testing File Access.
* acos: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* acosf: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* acosh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* acoshf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* acoshl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* acosl: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* addmntent: (libc)mtab.
* addseverity: (libc)Adding Severity Classes.
* adjtime: (libc)High-Resolution Calendar.
* adjtimex: (libc)High-Resolution Calendar.
* aio_cancel64: (libc)Cancel AIO Operations.
* aio_cancel: (libc)Cancel AIO Operations.
* aio_error64: (libc)Status of AIO Operations.
* aio_error: (libc)Status of AIO Operations.
* aio_fsync64: (libc)Synchronizing AIO Operations.
* aio_fsync: (libc)Synchronizing AIO Operations.
* aio_init: (libc)Configuration of AIO.
* aio_read64: (libc)Asynchronous Reads/Writes.
* aio_read: (libc)Asynchronous Reads/Writes.
* aio_return64: (libc)Status of AIO Operations.
* aio_return: (libc)Status of AIO Operations.
* aio_suspend64: (libc)Synchronizing AIO Operations.
* aio_suspend: (libc)Synchronizing AIO Operations.
* aio_write64: (libc)Asynchronous Reads/Writes.
* aio_write: (libc)Asynchronous Reads/Writes.
* alarm: (libc)Setting an Alarm.
* aligned_alloc: (libc)Aligned Memory Blocks.
* alloca: (libc)Variable Size Automatic.
* alphasort64: (libc)Scanning Directory Content.
* alphasort: (libc)Scanning Directory Content.
* argp_error: (libc)Argp Helper Functions.
* argp_failure: (libc)Argp Helper Functions.
* argp_help: (libc)Argp Help.
* argp_parse: (libc)Argp.
* argp_state_help: (libc)Argp Helper Functions.
* argp_usage: (libc)Argp Helper Functions.
* argz_add: (libc)Argz Functions.
* argz_add_sep: (libc)Argz Functions.
* argz_append: (libc)Argz Functions.
* argz_count: (libc)Argz Functions.
* argz_create: (libc)Argz Functions.
* argz_create_sep: (libc)Argz Functions.
* argz_delete: (libc)Argz Functions.
* argz_extract: (libc)Argz Functions.
* argz_insert: (libc)Argz Functions.
* argz_next: (libc)Argz Functions.
* argz_replace: (libc)Argz Functions.
* argz_stringify: (libc)Argz Functions.
* asctime: (libc)Formatting Calendar Time.
* asctime_r: (libc)Formatting Calendar Time.
* asin: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* asinf: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* asinh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* asinhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* asinhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* asinl: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* asprintf: (libc)Dynamic Output.
* assert: (libc)Consistency Checking.
* assert_perror: (libc)Consistency Checking.
* atan2: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* atan2f: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* atan2l: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* atan: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* atanf: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* atanh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* atanhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* atanhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* atanl: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* atexit: (libc)Cleanups on Exit.
* atof: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
* atoi: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* atol: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* atoll: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* backtrace: (libc)Backtraces.
* backtrace_symbols: (libc)Backtraces.
* backtrace_symbols_fd: (libc)Backtraces.
* basename: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
* basename: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
* bcmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
* bcopy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* bind: (libc)Setting Address.
* bind_textdomain_codeset: (libc)Charset conversion in gettext.
* bindtextdomain: (libc)Locating gettext catalog.
* brk: (libc)Resizing the Data Segment.
* bsearch: (libc)Array Search Function.
* btowc: (libc)Converting a Character.
* bzero: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* cabs: (libc)Absolute Value.
* cabsf: (libc)Absolute Value.
* cabsl: (libc)Absolute Value.
* cacos: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* cacosf: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* cacosh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* cacoshf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* cacoshl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* cacosl: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* calloc: (libc)Allocating Cleared Space.
* canonicalize_file_name: (libc)Symbolic Links.
* carg: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* cargf: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* cargl: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* casin: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* casinf: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* casinh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* casinhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* casinhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* casinl: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* catan: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* catanf: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* catanh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* catanhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* catanhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* catanl: (libc)Inverse Trig Functions.
* catclose: (libc)The catgets Functions.
* catgets: (libc)The catgets Functions.
* catopen: (libc)The catgets Functions.
* cbc_crypt: (libc)DES Encryption.
* cbrt: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* cbrtf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* cbrtl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* ccos: (libc)Trig Functions.
* ccosf: (libc)Trig Functions.
* ccosh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* ccoshf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* ccoshl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* ccosl: (libc)Trig Functions.
* ceil: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* ceilf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* ceill: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* cexp: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* cexpf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* cexpl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* cfgetispeed: (libc)Line Speed.
* cfgetospeed: (libc)Line Speed.
* cfmakeraw: (libc)Noncanonical Input.
* cfree: (libc)Freeing after Malloc.
* cfsetispeed: (libc)Line Speed.
* cfsetospeed: (libc)Line Speed.
* cfsetspeed: (libc)Line Speed.
* chdir: (libc)Working Directory.
* chmod: (libc)Setting Permissions.
* chown: (libc)File Owner.
* cimag: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* cimagf: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* cimagl: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* clearenv: (libc)Environment Access.
* clearerr: (libc)Error Recovery.
* clearerr_unlocked: (libc)Error Recovery.
* clock: (libc)CPU Time.
* clog10: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* clog10f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* clog10l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* clog: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* clogf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* clogl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* close: (libc)Opening and Closing Files.
* closedir: (libc)Reading/Closing Directory.
* closelog: (libc)closelog.
* confstr: (libc)String Parameters.
* conj: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* conjf: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* conjl: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* connect: (libc)Connecting.
* copysign: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* copysignf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* copysignl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* cos: (libc)Trig Functions.
* cosf: (libc)Trig Functions.
* cosh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* coshf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* coshl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* cosl: (libc)Trig Functions.
* cpow: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* cpowf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* cpowl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* cproj: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* cprojf: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* cprojl: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* creal: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* crealf: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* creall: (libc)Operations on Complex.
* creat64: (libc)Opening and Closing Files.
* creat: (libc)Opening and Closing Files.
* crypt: (libc)crypt.
* crypt_r: (libc)crypt.
* csin: (libc)Trig Functions.
* csinf: (libc)Trig Functions.
* csinh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* csinhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* csinhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* csinl: (libc)Trig Functions.
* csqrt: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* csqrtf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* csqrtl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* ctan: (libc)Trig Functions.
* ctanf: (libc)Trig Functions.
* ctanh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* ctanhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* ctanhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* ctanl: (libc)Trig Functions.
* ctermid: (libc)Identifying the Terminal.
* ctime: (libc)Formatting Calendar Time.
* ctime_r: (libc)Formatting Calendar Time.
* cuserid: (libc)Who Logged In.
* dcgettext: (libc)Translation with gettext.
* dcngettext: (libc)Advanced gettext functions.
* des_setparity: (libc)DES Encryption.
* dgettext: (libc)Translation with gettext.
* difftime: (libc)Elapsed Time.
* dirfd: (libc)Opening a Directory.
* dirname: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
* div: (libc)Integer Division.
* dngettext: (libc)Advanced gettext functions.
* drand48: (libc)SVID Random.
* drand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
* drem: (libc)Remainder Functions.
* dremf: (libc)Remainder Functions.
* dreml: (libc)Remainder Functions.
* dup2: (libc)Duplicating Descriptors.
* dup: (libc)Duplicating Descriptors.
* ecb_crypt: (libc)DES Encryption.
* ecvt: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
* ecvt_r: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
* encrypt: (libc)DES Encryption.
* encrypt_r: (libc)DES Encryption.
* endfsent: (libc)fstab.
* endgrent: (libc)Scanning All Groups.
* endhostent: (libc)Host Names.
* endmntent: (libc)mtab.
* endnetent: (libc)Networks Database.
* endnetgrent: (libc)Lookup Netgroup.
* endprotoent: (libc)Protocols Database.
* endpwent: (libc)Scanning All Users.
* endservent: (libc)Services Database.
* endutent: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* endutxent: (libc)XPG Functions.
* envz_add: (libc)Envz Functions.
* envz_entry: (libc)Envz Functions.
* envz_get: (libc)Envz Functions.
* envz_merge: (libc)Envz Functions.
* envz_strip: (libc)Envz Functions.
* erand48: (libc)SVID Random.
* erand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
* erf: (libc)Special Functions.
* erfc: (libc)Special Functions.
* erfcf: (libc)Special Functions.
* erfcl: (libc)Special Functions.
* erff: (libc)Special Functions.
* erfl: (libc)Special Functions.
* err: (libc)Error Messages.
* errno: (libc)Checking for Errors.
* error: (libc)Error Messages.
* error_at_line: (libc)Error Messages.
* errx: (libc)Error Messages.
* execl: (libc)Executing a File.
* execle: (libc)Executing a File.
* execlp: (libc)Executing a File.
* execv: (libc)Executing a File.
* execve: (libc)Executing a File.
* execvp: (libc)Executing a File.
* exit: (libc)Normal Termination.
* exp10: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* exp10f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* exp10l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* exp2: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* exp2f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* exp2l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* exp: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* expf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* expl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* expm1: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* expm1f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* expm1l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* fabs: (libc)Absolute Value.
* fabsf: (libc)Absolute Value.
* fabsl: (libc)Absolute Value.
* fchdir: (libc)Working Directory.
* fchmod: (libc)Setting Permissions.
* fchown: (libc)File Owner.
* fclose: (libc)Closing Streams.
* fcloseall: (libc)Closing Streams.
* fcntl: (libc)Control Operations.
* fcvt: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
* fcvt_r: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
* fdatasync: (libc)Synchronizing I/O.
* fdim: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
* fdimf: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
* fdiml: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
* fdopen: (libc)Descriptors and Streams.
* fdopendir: (libc)Opening a Directory.
* feclearexcept: (libc)Status bit operations.
* fedisableexcept: (libc)Control Functions.
* feenableexcept: (libc)Control Functions.
* fegetenv: (libc)Control Functions.
* fegetexcept: (libc)Control Functions.
* fegetexceptflag: (libc)Status bit operations.
* fegetround: (libc)Rounding.
* feholdexcept: (libc)Control Functions.
* feof: (libc)EOF and Errors.
* feof_unlocked: (libc)EOF and Errors.
* feraiseexcept: (libc)Status bit operations.
* ferror: (libc)EOF and Errors.
* ferror_unlocked: (libc)EOF and Errors.
* fesetenv: (libc)Control Functions.
* fesetexceptflag: (libc)Status bit operations.
* fesetround: (libc)Rounding.
* fetestexcept: (libc)Status bit operations.
* feupdateenv: (libc)Control Functions.
* fflush: (libc)Flushing Buffers.
* fflush_unlocked: (libc)Flushing Buffers.
* fgetc: (libc)Character Input.
* fgetc_unlocked: (libc)Character Input.
* fgetgrent: (libc)Scanning All Groups.
* fgetgrent_r: (libc)Scanning All Groups.
* fgetpos64: (libc)Portable Positioning.
* fgetpos: (libc)Portable Positioning.
* fgetpwent: (libc)Scanning All Users.
* fgetpwent_r: (libc)Scanning All Users.
* fgets: (libc)Line Input.
* fgets_unlocked: (libc)Line Input.
* fgetwc: (libc)Character Input.
* fgetwc_unlocked: (libc)Character Input.
* fgetws: (libc)Line Input.
* fgetws_unlocked: (libc)Line Input.
* fileno: (libc)Descriptors and Streams.
* fileno_unlocked: (libc)Descriptors and Streams.
* finite: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* finitef: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* finitel: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* flockfile: (libc)Streams and Threads.
* floor: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* floorf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* floorl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* fma: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
* fmaf: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
* fmal: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
* fmax: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
* fmaxf: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
* fmaxl: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
* fmemopen: (libc)String Streams.
* fmin: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
* fminf: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
* fminl: (libc)Misc FP Arithmetic.
* fmod: (libc)Remainder Functions.
* fmodf: (libc)Remainder Functions.
* fmodl: (libc)Remainder Functions.
* fmtmsg: (libc)Printing Formatted Messages.
* fnmatch: (libc)Wildcard Matching.
* fopen64: (libc)Opening Streams.
* fopen: (libc)Opening Streams.
* fopencookie: (libc)Streams and Cookies.
* fork: (libc)Creating a Process.
* forkpty: (libc)Pseudo-Terminal Pairs.
* fpathconf: (libc)Pathconf.
* fpclassify: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* fprintf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
* fputc: (libc)Simple Output.
* fputc_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
* fputs: (libc)Simple Output.
* fputs_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
* fputwc: (libc)Simple Output.
* fputwc_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
* fputws: (libc)Simple Output.
* fputws_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
* fread: (libc)Block Input/Output.
* fread_unlocked: (libc)Block Input/Output.
* free: (libc)Freeing after Malloc.
* freopen64: (libc)Opening Streams.
* freopen: (libc)Opening Streams.
* frexp: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* frexpf: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* frexpl: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* fscanf: (libc)Formatted Input Functions.
* fseek: (libc)File Positioning.
* fseeko64: (libc)File Positioning.
* fseeko: (libc)File Positioning.
* fsetpos64: (libc)Portable Positioning.
* fsetpos: (libc)Portable Positioning.
* fstat64: (libc)Reading Attributes.
* fstat: (libc)Reading Attributes.
* fsync: (libc)Synchronizing I/O.
* ftell: (libc)File Positioning.
* ftello64: (libc)File Positioning.
* ftello: (libc)File Positioning.
* ftruncate64: (libc)File Size.
* ftruncate: (libc)File Size.
* ftrylockfile: (libc)Streams and Threads.
* ftw64: (libc)Working with Directory Trees.
* ftw: (libc)Working with Directory Trees.
* funlockfile: (libc)Streams and Threads.
* futimes: (libc)File Times.
* fwide: (libc)Streams and I18N.
* fwprintf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
* fwrite: (libc)Block Input/Output.
* fwrite_unlocked: (libc)Block Input/Output.
* fwscanf: (libc)Formatted Input Functions.
* gamma: (libc)Special Functions.
* gammaf: (libc)Special Functions.
* gammal: (libc)Special Functions.
* gcvt: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
* get_avphys_pages: (libc)Query Memory Parameters.
* get_current_dir_name: (libc)Working Directory.
* get_nprocs: (libc)Processor Resources.
* get_nprocs_conf: (libc)Processor Resources.
* get_phys_pages: (libc)Query Memory Parameters.
* getauxval: (libc)Auxiliary Vector.
* getc: (libc)Character Input.
* getc_unlocked: (libc)Character Input.
* getchar: (libc)Character Input.
* getchar_unlocked: (libc)Character Input.
* getcontext: (libc)System V contexts.
* getcwd: (libc)Working Directory.
* getdate: (libc)General Time String Parsing.
* getdate_r: (libc)General Time String Parsing.
* getdelim: (libc)Line Input.
* getdomainnname: (libc)Host Identification.
* getegid: (libc)Reading Persona.
* getenv: (libc)Environment Access.
* geteuid: (libc)Reading Persona.
* getfsent: (libc)fstab.
* getfsfile: (libc)fstab.
* getfsspec: (libc)fstab.
* getgid: (libc)Reading Persona.
* getgrent: (libc)Scanning All Groups.
* getgrent_r: (libc)Scanning All Groups.
* getgrgid: (libc)Lookup Group.
* getgrgid_r: (libc)Lookup Group.
* getgrnam: (libc)Lookup Group.
* getgrnam_r: (libc)Lookup Group.
* getgrouplist: (libc)Setting Groups.
* getgroups: (libc)Reading Persona.
* gethostbyaddr: (libc)Host Names.
* gethostbyaddr_r: (libc)Host Names.
* gethostbyname2: (libc)Host Names.
* gethostbyname2_r: (libc)Host Names.
* gethostbyname: (libc)Host Names.
* gethostbyname_r: (libc)Host Names.
* gethostent: (libc)Host Names.
* gethostid: (libc)Host Identification.
* gethostname: (libc)Host Identification.
* getitimer: (libc)Setting an Alarm.
* getline: (libc)Line Input.
* getloadavg: (libc)Processor Resources.
* getlogin: (libc)Who Logged In.
* getmntent: (libc)mtab.
* getmntent_r: (libc)mtab.
* getnetbyaddr: (libc)Networks Database.
* getnetbyname: (libc)Networks Database.
* getnetent: (libc)Networks Database.
* getnetgrent: (libc)Lookup Netgroup.
* getnetgrent_r: (libc)Lookup Netgroup.
* getopt: (libc)Using Getopt.
* getopt_long: (libc)Getopt Long Options.
* getopt_long_only: (libc)Getopt Long Options.
* getpagesize: (libc)Query Memory Parameters.
* getpass: (libc)getpass.
* getpeername: (libc)Who is Connected.
* getpgid: (libc)Process Group Functions.
* getpgrp: (libc)Process Group Functions.
* getpid: (libc)Process Identification.
* getppid: (libc)Process Identification.
* getpriority: (libc)Traditional Scheduling Functions.
* getprotobyname: (libc)Protocols Database.
* getprotobynumber: (libc)Protocols Database.
* getprotoent: (libc)Protocols Database.
* getpt: (libc)Allocation.
* getpwent: (libc)Scanning All Users.
* getpwent_r: (libc)Scanning All Users.
* getpwnam: (libc)Lookup User.
* getpwnam_r: (libc)Lookup User.
* getpwuid: (libc)Lookup User.
* getpwuid_r: (libc)Lookup User.
* getrlimit64: (libc)Limits on Resources.
* getrlimit: (libc)Limits on Resources.
* getrusage: (libc)Resource Usage.
* gets: (libc)Line Input.
* getservbyname: (libc)Services Database.
* getservbyport: (libc)Services Database.
* getservent: (libc)Services Database.
* getsid: (libc)Process Group Functions.
* getsockname: (libc)Reading Address.
* getsockopt: (libc)Socket Option Functions.
* getsubopt: (libc)Suboptions.
* gettext: (libc)Translation with gettext.
* gettimeofday: (libc)High-Resolution Calendar.
* getuid: (libc)Reading Persona.
* getumask: (libc)Setting Permissions.
* getutent: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* getutent_r: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* getutid: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* getutid_r: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* getutline: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* getutline_r: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* getutmp: (libc)XPG Functions.
* getutmpx: (libc)XPG Functions.
* getutxent: (libc)XPG Functions.
* getutxid: (libc)XPG Functions.
* getutxline: (libc)XPG Functions.
* getw: (libc)Character Input.
* getwc: (libc)Character Input.
* getwc_unlocked: (libc)Character Input.
* getwchar: (libc)Character Input.
* getwchar_unlocked: (libc)Character Input.
* getwd: (libc)Working Directory.
* glob64: (libc)Calling Glob.
* glob: (libc)Calling Glob.
* globfree64: (libc)More Flags for Globbing.
* globfree: (libc)More Flags for Globbing.
* gmtime: (libc)Broken-down Time.
* gmtime_r: (libc)Broken-down Time.
* grantpt: (libc)Allocation.
* gsignal: (libc)Signaling Yourself.
* gtty: (libc)BSD Terminal Modes.
* hasmntopt: (libc)mtab.
* hcreate: (libc)Hash Search Function.
* hcreate_r: (libc)Hash Search Function.
* hdestroy: (libc)Hash Search Function.
* hdestroy_r: (libc)Hash Search Function.
* hsearch: (libc)Hash Search Function.
* hsearch_r: (libc)Hash Search Function.
* htonl: (libc)Byte Order.
* htons: (libc)Byte Order.
* hypot: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* hypotf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* hypotl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* iconv: (libc)Generic Conversion Interface.
* iconv_close: (libc)Generic Conversion Interface.
* iconv_open: (libc)Generic Conversion Interface.
* if_freenameindex: (libc)Interface Naming.
* if_indextoname: (libc)Interface Naming.
* if_nameindex: (libc)Interface Naming.
* if_nametoindex: (libc)Interface Naming.
* ilogb: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* ilogbf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* ilogbl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* imaxabs: (libc)Absolute Value.
* imaxdiv: (libc)Integer Division.
* in6addr_any: (libc)Host Address Data Type.
* in6addr_loopback: (libc)Host Address Data Type.
* index: (libc)Search Functions.
* inet_addr: (libc)Host Address Functions.
* inet_aton: (libc)Host Address Functions.
* inet_lnaof: (libc)Host Address Functions.
* inet_makeaddr: (libc)Host Address Functions.
* inet_netof: (libc)Host Address Functions.
* inet_network: (libc)Host Address Functions.
* inet_ntoa: (libc)Host Address Functions.
* inet_ntop: (libc)Host Address Functions.
* inet_pton: (libc)Host Address Functions.
* initgroups: (libc)Setting Groups.
* initstate: (libc)BSD Random.
* initstate_r: (libc)BSD Random.
* innetgr: (libc)Netgroup Membership.
* ioctl: (libc)IOCTLs.
* isalnum: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* isalpha: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* isascii: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* isatty: (libc)Is It a Terminal.
* isblank: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* iscntrl: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* isdigit: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* isfinite: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* isgraph: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* isgreater: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
* isgreaterequal: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
* isinf: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* isinff: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* isinfl: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* isless: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
* islessequal: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
* islessgreater: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
* islower: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* isnan: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* isnan: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* isnanf: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* isnanl: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* isnormal: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* isprint: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* ispunct: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* issignaling: (libc)Floating Point Classes.
* isspace: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* isunordered: (libc)FP Comparison Functions.
* isupper: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* iswalnum: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* iswalpha: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* iswblank: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* iswcntrl: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* iswctype: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* iswdigit: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* iswgraph: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* iswlower: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* iswprint: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* iswpunct: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* iswspace: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* iswupper: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* iswxdigit: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* isxdigit: (libc)Classification of Characters.
* j0: (libc)Special Functions.
* j0f: (libc)Special Functions.
* j0l: (libc)Special Functions.
* j1: (libc)Special Functions.
* j1f: (libc)Special Functions.
* j1l: (libc)Special Functions.
* jn: (libc)Special Functions.
* jnf: (libc)Special Functions.
* jnl: (libc)Special Functions.
* jrand48: (libc)SVID Random.
* jrand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
* kill: (libc)Signaling Another Process.
* killpg: (libc)Signaling Another Process.
* l64a: (libc)Encode Binary Data.
* labs: (libc)Absolute Value.
* lcong48: (libc)SVID Random.
* lcong48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
* ldexp: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* ldexpf: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* ldexpl: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* ldiv: (libc)Integer Division.
* lfind: (libc)Array Search Function.
* lgamma: (libc)Special Functions.
* lgamma_r: (libc)Special Functions.
* lgammaf: (libc)Special Functions.
* lgammaf_r: (libc)Special Functions.
* lgammal: (libc)Special Functions.
* lgammal_r: (libc)Special Functions.
* link: (libc)Hard Links.
* lio_listio64: (libc)Asynchronous Reads/Writes.
* lio_listio: (libc)Asynchronous Reads/Writes.
* listen: (libc)Listening.
* llabs: (libc)Absolute Value.
* lldiv: (libc)Integer Division.
* llrint: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* llrintf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* llrintl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* llround: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* llroundf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* llroundl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* localeconv: (libc)The Lame Way to Locale Data.
* localtime: (libc)Broken-down Time.
* localtime_r: (libc)Broken-down Time.
* log10: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* log10f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* log10l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* log1p: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* log1pf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* log1pl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* log2: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* log2f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* log2l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* log: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* logb: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* logbf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* logbl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* logf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* login: (libc)Logging In and Out.
* login_tty: (libc)Logging In and Out.
* logl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* logout: (libc)Logging In and Out.
* logwtmp: (libc)Logging In and Out.
* longjmp: (libc)Non-Local Details.
* lrand48: (libc)SVID Random.
* lrand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
* lrint: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* lrintf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* lrintl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* lround: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* lroundf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* lroundl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* lsearch: (libc)Array Search Function.
* lseek64: (libc)File Position Primitive.
* lseek: (libc)File Position Primitive.
* lstat64: (libc)Reading Attributes.
* lstat: (libc)Reading Attributes.
* lutimes: (libc)File Times.
* madvise: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
* makecontext: (libc)System V contexts.
* mallinfo: (libc)Statistics of Malloc.
* malloc: (libc)Basic Allocation.
* mallopt: (libc)Malloc Tunable Parameters.
* mblen: (libc)Non-reentrant Character Conversion.
* mbrlen: (libc)Converting a Character.
* mbrtowc: (libc)Converting a Character.
* mbsinit: (libc)Keeping the state.
* mbsnrtowcs: (libc)Converting Strings.
* mbsrtowcs: (libc)Converting Strings.
* mbstowcs: (libc)Non-reentrant String Conversion.
* mbtowc: (libc)Non-reentrant Character Conversion.
* mcheck: (libc)Heap Consistency Checking.
* memalign: (libc)Aligned Memory Blocks.
* memccpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* memchr: (libc)Search Functions.
* memcmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
* memcpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* memfrob: (libc)Trivial Encryption.
* memmem: (libc)Search Functions.
* memmove: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* mempcpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* memrchr: (libc)Search Functions.
* memset: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* mkdir: (libc)Creating Directories.
* mkdtemp: (libc)Temporary Files.
* mkfifo: (libc)FIFO Special Files.
* mknod: (libc)Making Special Files.
* mkstemp: (libc)Temporary Files.
* mktemp: (libc)Temporary Files.
* mktime: (libc)Broken-down Time.
* mlock: (libc)Page Lock Functions.
* mlockall: (libc)Page Lock Functions.
* mmap64: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
* mmap: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
* modf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* modff: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* modfl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* mount: (libc)Mount-Unmount-Remount.
* mprobe: (libc)Heap Consistency Checking.
* mrand48: (libc)SVID Random.
* mrand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
* mremap: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
* msync: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
* mtrace: (libc)Tracing malloc.
* munlock: (libc)Page Lock Functions.
* munlockall: (libc)Page Lock Functions.
* munmap: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
* muntrace: (libc)Tracing malloc.
* nan: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* nanf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* nanl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* nanosleep: (libc)Sleeping.
* nearbyint: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* nearbyintf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* nearbyintl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* nextafter: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* nextafterf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* nextafterl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* nexttoward: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* nexttowardf: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* nexttowardl: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* nftw64: (libc)Working with Directory Trees.
* nftw: (libc)Working with Directory Trees.
* ngettext: (libc)Advanced gettext functions.
* nice: (libc)Traditional Scheduling Functions.
* nl_langinfo: (libc)The Elegant and Fast Way.
* nrand48: (libc)SVID Random.
* nrand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
* ntohl: (libc)Byte Order.
* ntohs: (libc)Byte Order.
* ntp_adjtime: (libc)High Accuracy Clock.
* ntp_gettime: (libc)High Accuracy Clock.
* obstack_1grow: (libc)Growing Objects.
* obstack_1grow_fast: (libc)Extra Fast Growing.
* obstack_alignment_mask: (libc)Obstacks Data Alignment.
* obstack_alloc: (libc)Allocation in an Obstack.
* obstack_base: (libc)Status of an Obstack.
* obstack_blank: (libc)Growing Objects.
* obstack_blank_fast: (libc)Extra Fast Growing.
* obstack_chunk_size: (libc)Obstack Chunks.
* obstack_copy0: (libc)Allocation in an Obstack.
* obstack_copy: (libc)Allocation in an Obstack.
* obstack_finish: (libc)Growing Objects.
* obstack_free: (libc)Freeing Obstack Objects.
* obstack_grow0: (libc)Growing Objects.
* obstack_grow: (libc)Growing Objects.
* obstack_init: (libc)Preparing for Obstacks.
* obstack_int_grow: (libc)Growing Objects.
* obstack_int_grow_fast: (libc)Extra Fast Growing.
* obstack_next_free: (libc)Status of an Obstack.
* obstack_object_size: (libc)Growing Objects.
* obstack_object_size: (libc)Status of an Obstack.
* obstack_printf: (libc)Dynamic Output.
* obstack_ptr_grow: (libc)Growing Objects.
* obstack_ptr_grow_fast: (libc)Extra Fast Growing.
* obstack_room: (libc)Extra Fast Growing.
* obstack_vprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
* offsetof: (libc)Structure Measurement.
* on_exit: (libc)Cleanups on Exit.
* open64: (libc)Opening and Closing Files.
* open: (libc)Opening and Closing Files.
* open_memstream: (libc)String Streams.
* opendir: (libc)Opening a Directory.
* openlog: (libc)openlog.
* openpty: (libc)Pseudo-Terminal Pairs.
* parse_printf_format: (libc)Parsing a Template String.
* pathconf: (libc)Pathconf.
* pause: (libc)Using Pause.
* pclose: (libc)Pipe to a Subprocess.
* perror: (libc)Error Messages.
* pipe: (libc)Creating a Pipe.
* popen: (libc)Pipe to a Subprocess.
* posix_memalign: (libc)Aligned Memory Blocks.
* pow10: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* pow10f: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* pow10l: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* pow: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* powf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* powl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* pread64: (libc)I/O Primitives.
* pread: (libc)I/O Primitives.
* printf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
* printf_size: (libc)Predefined Printf Handlers.
* printf_size_info: (libc)Predefined Printf Handlers.
* psignal: (libc)Signal Messages.
* pthread_getattr_default_np: (libc)Default Thread Attributes.
* pthread_getspecific: (libc)Thread-specific Data.
* pthread_key_create: (libc)Thread-specific Data.
* pthread_key_delete: (libc)Thread-specific Data.
* pthread_setattr_default_np: (libc)Default Thread Attributes.
* pthread_setspecific: (libc)Thread-specific Data.
* ptsname: (libc)Allocation.
* ptsname_r: (libc)Allocation.
* putc: (libc)Simple Output.
* putc_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
* putchar: (libc)Simple Output.
* putchar_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
* putenv: (libc)Environment Access.
* putpwent: (libc)Writing a User Entry.
* puts: (libc)Simple Output.
* pututline: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* pututxline: (libc)XPG Functions.
* putw: (libc)Simple Output.
* putwc: (libc)Simple Output.
* putwc_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
* putwchar: (libc)Simple Output.
* putwchar_unlocked: (libc)Simple Output.
* pwrite64: (libc)I/O Primitives.
* pwrite: (libc)I/O Primitives.
* qecvt: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
* qecvt_r: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
* qfcvt: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
* qfcvt_r: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
* qgcvt: (libc)System V Number Conversion.
* qsort: (libc)Array Sort Function.
* raise: (libc)Signaling Yourself.
* rand: (libc)ISO Random.
* rand_r: (libc)ISO Random.
* random: (libc)BSD Random.
* random_r: (libc)BSD Random.
* rawmemchr: (libc)Search Functions.
* read: (libc)I/O Primitives.
* readdir64: (libc)Reading/Closing Directory.
* readdir64_r: (libc)Reading/Closing Directory.
* readdir: (libc)Reading/Closing Directory.
* readdir_r: (libc)Reading/Closing Directory.
* readlink: (libc)Symbolic Links.
* readv: (libc)Scatter-Gather.
* realloc: (libc)Changing Block Size.
* realpath: (libc)Symbolic Links.
* recv: (libc)Receiving Data.
* recvfrom: (libc)Receiving Datagrams.
* recvmsg: (libc)Receiving Datagrams.
* regcomp: (libc)POSIX Regexp Compilation.
* regerror: (libc)Regexp Cleanup.
* regexec: (libc)Matching POSIX Regexps.
* regfree: (libc)Regexp Cleanup.
* register_printf_function: (libc)Registering New Conversions.
* remainder: (libc)Remainder Functions.
* remainderf: (libc)Remainder Functions.
* remainderl: (libc)Remainder Functions.
* remove: (libc)Deleting Files.
* rename: (libc)Renaming Files.
* rewind: (libc)File Positioning.
* rewinddir: (libc)Random Access Directory.
* rindex: (libc)Search Functions.
* rint: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* rintf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* rintl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* rmdir: (libc)Deleting Files.
* round: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* roundf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* roundl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* rpmatch: (libc)Yes-or-No Questions.
* sbrk: (libc)Resizing the Data Segment.
* scalb: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* scalbf: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* scalbl: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* scalbln: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* scalblnf: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* scalblnl: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* scalbn: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* scalbnf: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* scalbnl: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* scandir64: (libc)Scanning Directory Content.
* scandir: (libc)Scanning Directory Content.
* scanf: (libc)Formatted Input Functions.
* sched_get_priority_max: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
* sched_get_priority_min: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
* sched_getaffinity: (libc)CPU Affinity.
* sched_getparam: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
* sched_getscheduler: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
* sched_rr_get_interval: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
* sched_setaffinity: (libc)CPU Affinity.
* sched_setparam: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
* sched_setscheduler: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
* sched_yield: (libc)Basic Scheduling Functions.
* secure_getenv: (libc)Environment Access.
* seed48: (libc)SVID Random.
* seed48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
* seekdir: (libc)Random Access Directory.
* select: (libc)Waiting for I/O.
* send: (libc)Sending Data.
* sendmsg: (libc)Receiving Datagrams.
* sendto: (libc)Sending Datagrams.
* setbuf: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
* setbuffer: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
* setcontext: (libc)System V contexts.
* setdomainname: (libc)Host Identification.
* setegid: (libc)Setting Groups.
* setenv: (libc)Environment Access.
* seteuid: (libc)Setting User ID.
* setfsent: (libc)fstab.
* setgid: (libc)Setting Groups.
* setgrent: (libc)Scanning All Groups.
* setgroups: (libc)Setting Groups.
* sethostent: (libc)Host Names.
* sethostid: (libc)Host Identification.
* sethostname: (libc)Host Identification.
* setitimer: (libc)Setting an Alarm.
* setjmp: (libc)Non-Local Details.
* setkey: (libc)DES Encryption.
* setkey_r: (libc)DES Encryption.
* setlinebuf: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
* setlocale: (libc)Setting the Locale.
* setlogmask: (libc)setlogmask.
* setmntent: (libc)mtab.
* setnetent: (libc)Networks Database.
* setnetgrent: (libc)Lookup Netgroup.
* setpgid: (libc)Process Group Functions.
* setpgrp: (libc)Process Group Functions.
* setpriority: (libc)Traditional Scheduling Functions.
* setprotoent: (libc)Protocols Database.
* setpwent: (libc)Scanning All Users.
* setregid: (libc)Setting Groups.
* setreuid: (libc)Setting User ID.
* setrlimit64: (libc)Limits on Resources.
* setrlimit: (libc)Limits on Resources.
* setservent: (libc)Services Database.
* setsid: (libc)Process Group Functions.
* setsockopt: (libc)Socket Option Functions.
* setstate: (libc)BSD Random.
* setstate_r: (libc)BSD Random.
* settimeofday: (libc)High-Resolution Calendar.
* setuid: (libc)Setting User ID.
* setutent: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* setutxent: (libc)XPG Functions.
* setvbuf: (libc)Controlling Buffering.
* shm_open: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
* shm_unlink: (libc)Memory-mapped I/O.
* shutdown: (libc)Closing a Socket.
* sigaction: (libc)Advanced Signal Handling.
* sigaddset: (libc)Signal Sets.
* sigaltstack: (libc)Signal Stack.
* sigblock: (libc)Blocking in BSD.
* sigdelset: (libc)Signal Sets.
* sigemptyset: (libc)Signal Sets.
* sigfillset: (libc)Signal Sets.
* siginterrupt: (libc)BSD Handler.
* sigismember: (libc)Signal Sets.
* siglongjmp: (libc)Non-Local Exits and Signals.
* sigmask: (libc)Blocking in BSD.
* signal: (libc)Basic Signal Handling.
* signbit: (libc)FP Bit Twiddling.
* significand: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* significandf: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* significandl: (libc)Normalization Functions.
* sigpause: (libc)Blocking in BSD.
* sigpending: (libc)Checking for Pending Signals.
* sigprocmask: (libc)Process Signal Mask.
* sigsetjmp: (libc)Non-Local Exits and Signals.
* sigsetmask: (libc)Blocking in BSD.
* sigstack: (libc)Signal Stack.
* sigsuspend: (libc)Sigsuspend.
* sigvec: (libc)BSD Handler.
* sin: (libc)Trig Functions.
* sincos: (libc)Trig Functions.
* sincosf: (libc)Trig Functions.
* sincosl: (libc)Trig Functions.
* sinf: (libc)Trig Functions.
* sinh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* sinhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* sinhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* sinl: (libc)Trig Functions.
* sleep: (libc)Sleeping.
* snprintf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
* socket: (libc)Creating a Socket.
* socketpair: (libc)Socket Pairs.
* sprintf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
* sqrt: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* sqrtf: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* sqrtl: (libc)Exponents and Logarithms.
* srand48: (libc)SVID Random.
* srand48_r: (libc)SVID Random.
* srand: (libc)ISO Random.
* srandom: (libc)BSD Random.
* srandom_r: (libc)BSD Random.
* sscanf: (libc)Formatted Input Functions.
* ssignal: (libc)Basic Signal Handling.
* stat64: (libc)Reading Attributes.
* stat: (libc)Reading Attributes.
* stime: (libc)Simple Calendar Time.
* stpcpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* stpncpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* strcasecmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
* strcasestr: (libc)Search Functions.
* strcat: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* strchr: (libc)Search Functions.
* strchrnul: (libc)Search Functions.
* strcmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
* strcoll: (libc)Collation Functions.
* strcpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* strcspn: (libc)Search Functions.
* strdup: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* strdupa: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* strerror: (libc)Error Messages.
* strerror_r: (libc)Error Messages.
* strfmon: (libc)Formatting Numbers.
* strfry: (libc)strfry.
* strftime: (libc)Formatting Calendar Time.
* strlen: (libc)String Length.
* strncasecmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
* strncat: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* strncmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
* strncpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* strndup: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* strndupa: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* strnlen: (libc)String Length.
* strpbrk: (libc)Search Functions.
* strptime: (libc)Low-Level Time String Parsing.
* strrchr: (libc)Search Functions.
* strsep: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
* strsignal: (libc)Signal Messages.
* strspn: (libc)Search Functions.
* strstr: (libc)Search Functions.
* strtod: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
* strtof: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
* strtoimax: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* strtok: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
* strtok_r: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
* strtol: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* strtold: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
* strtoll: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* strtoq: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* strtoul: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* strtoull: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* strtoumax: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* strtouq: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* strverscmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
* strxfrm: (libc)Collation Functions.
* stty: (libc)BSD Terminal Modes.
* swapcontext: (libc)System V contexts.
* swprintf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
* swscanf: (libc)Formatted Input Functions.
* symlink: (libc)Symbolic Links.
* sync: (libc)Synchronizing I/O.
* syscall: (libc)System Calls.
* sysconf: (libc)Sysconf Definition.
* sysctl: (libc)System Parameters.
* syslog: (libc)syslog; vsyslog.
* system: (libc)Running a Command.
* sysv_signal: (libc)Basic Signal Handling.
* tan: (libc)Trig Functions.
* tanf: (libc)Trig Functions.
* tanh: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* tanhf: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* tanhl: (libc)Hyperbolic Functions.
* tanl: (libc)Trig Functions.
* tcdrain: (libc)Line Control.
* tcflow: (libc)Line Control.
* tcflush: (libc)Line Control.
* tcgetattr: (libc)Mode Functions.
* tcgetpgrp: (libc)Terminal Access Functions.
* tcgetsid: (libc)Terminal Access Functions.
* tcsendbreak: (libc)Line Control.
* tcsetattr: (libc)Mode Functions.
* tcsetpgrp: (libc)Terminal Access Functions.
* tdelete: (libc)Tree Search Function.
* tdestroy: (libc)Tree Search Function.
* telldir: (libc)Random Access Directory.
* tempnam: (libc)Temporary Files.
* textdomain: (libc)Locating gettext catalog.
* tfind: (libc)Tree Search Function.
* tgamma: (libc)Special Functions.
* tgammaf: (libc)Special Functions.
* tgammal: (libc)Special Functions.
* time: (libc)Simple Calendar Time.
* timegm: (libc)Broken-down Time.
* timelocal: (libc)Broken-down Time.
* times: (libc)Processor Time.
* tmpfile64: (libc)Temporary Files.
* tmpfile: (libc)Temporary Files.
* tmpnam: (libc)Temporary Files.
* tmpnam_r: (libc)Temporary Files.
* toascii: (libc)Case Conversion.
* tolower: (libc)Case Conversion.
* toupper: (libc)Case Conversion.
* towctrans: (libc)Wide Character Case Conversion.
* towlower: (libc)Wide Character Case Conversion.
* towupper: (libc)Wide Character Case Conversion.
* trunc: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* truncate64: (libc)File Size.
* truncate: (libc)File Size.
* truncf: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* truncl: (libc)Rounding Functions.
* tsearch: (libc)Tree Search Function.
* ttyname: (libc)Is It a Terminal.
* ttyname_r: (libc)Is It a Terminal.
* twalk: (libc)Tree Search Function.
* tzset: (libc)Time Zone Functions.
* ulimit: (libc)Limits on Resources.
* umask: (libc)Setting Permissions.
* umount2: (libc)Mount-Unmount-Remount.
* umount: (libc)Mount-Unmount-Remount.
* uname: (libc)Platform Type.
* ungetc: (libc)How Unread.
* ungetwc: (libc)How Unread.
* unlink: (libc)Deleting Files.
* unlockpt: (libc)Allocation.
* unsetenv: (libc)Environment Access.
* updwtmp: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* utime: (libc)File Times.
* utimes: (libc)File Times.
* utmpname: (libc)Manipulating the Database.
* utmpxname: (libc)XPG Functions.
* va_arg: (libc)Argument Macros.
* va_copy: (libc)Argument Macros.
* va_end: (libc)Argument Macros.
* va_start: (libc)Argument Macros.
* valloc: (libc)Aligned Memory Blocks.
* vasprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
* verr: (libc)Error Messages.
* verrx: (libc)Error Messages.
* versionsort64: (libc)Scanning Directory Content.
* versionsort: (libc)Scanning Directory Content.
* vfork: (libc)Creating a Process.
* vfprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
* vfscanf: (libc)Variable Arguments Input.
* vfwprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
* vfwscanf: (libc)Variable Arguments Input.
* vlimit: (libc)Limits on Resources.
* vprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
* vscanf: (libc)Variable Arguments Input.
* vsnprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
* vsprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
* vsscanf: (libc)Variable Arguments Input.
* vswprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
* vswscanf: (libc)Variable Arguments Input.
* vsyslog: (libc)syslog; vsyslog.
* vtimes: (libc)Resource Usage.
* vwarn: (libc)Error Messages.
* vwarnx: (libc)Error Messages.
* vwprintf: (libc)Variable Arguments Output.
* vwscanf: (libc)Variable Arguments Input.
* wait3: (libc)BSD Wait Functions.
* wait4: (libc)Process Completion.
* wait: (libc)Process Completion.
* waitpid: (libc)Process Completion.
* warn: (libc)Error Messages.
* warnx: (libc)Error Messages.
* wcpcpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* wcpncpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* wcrtomb: (libc)Converting a Character.
* wcscasecmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
* wcscat: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* wcschr: (libc)Search Functions.
* wcschrnul: (libc)Search Functions.
* wcscmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
* wcscoll: (libc)Collation Functions.
* wcscpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* wcscspn: (libc)Search Functions.
* wcsdup: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* wcsftime: (libc)Formatting Calendar Time.
* wcslen: (libc)String Length.
* wcsncasecmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
* wcsncat: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* wcsncmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
* wcsncpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* wcsnlen: (libc)String Length.
* wcsnrtombs: (libc)Converting Strings.
* wcspbrk: (libc)Search Functions.
* wcsrchr: (libc)Search Functions.
* wcsrtombs: (libc)Converting Strings.
* wcsspn: (libc)Search Functions.
* wcsstr: (libc)Search Functions.
* wcstod: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
* wcstof: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
* wcstoimax: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* wcstok: (libc)Finding Tokens in a String.
* wcstol: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* wcstold: (libc)Parsing of Floats.
* wcstoll: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* wcstombs: (libc)Non-reentrant String Conversion.
* wcstoq: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* wcstoul: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* wcstoull: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* wcstoumax: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* wcstouq: (libc)Parsing of Integers.
* wcswcs: (libc)Search Functions.
* wcsxfrm: (libc)Collation Functions.
* wctob: (libc)Converting a Character.
* wctomb: (libc)Non-reentrant Character Conversion.
* wctrans: (libc)Wide Character Case Conversion.
* wctype: (libc)Classification of Wide Characters.
* wmemchr: (libc)Search Functions.
* wmemcmp: (libc)String/Array Comparison.
* wmemcpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* wmemmove: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* wmempcpy: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* wmemset: (libc)Copying and Concatenation.
* wordexp: (libc)Calling Wordexp.
* wordfree: (libc)Calling Wordexp.
* wprintf: (libc)Formatted Output Functions.
* write: (libc)I/O Primitives.
* writev: (libc)Scatter-Gather.
* wscanf: (libc)Formatted Input Functions.
* y0: (libc)Special Functions.
* y0f: (libc)Special Functions.
* y0l: (libc)Special Functions.
* y1: (libc)Special Functions.
* y1f: (libc)Special Functions.
* y1l: (libc)Special Functions.
* yn: (libc)Special Functions.
* ynf: (libc)Special Functions.
* ynl: (libc)Special Functions.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY

   This file documents the GNU C Library.

   This is `The GNU C Library Reference Manual', for version
2.19-2014.04 (crosstool-NG linaro-1.13.1-4.8-2014.03 - Linaro GCC
2014.02).

   Copyright (C) 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version
1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with the Invariant Sections being "Free Software Needs Free
Documentation" and "GNU Lesser General Public License", the Front-Cover
texts being "A GNU Manual", and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
below.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
Free Documentation License".

   (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You have the freedom to copy and
modify this GNU manual.  Buying copies from the FSF supports it in
developing GNU and promoting software freedom."


File: libc.info,  Node: Deleting Files,  Next: Renaming Files,  Prev: Symbolic Links,  Up: File System Interface

14.6 Deleting Files
===================

You can delete a file with `unlink' or `remove'.

   Deletion actually deletes a file name.  If this is the file's only
name, then the file is deleted as well.  If the file has other
remaining names (*note Hard Links::), it remains accessible under those
names.

 -- Function: int unlink (const char *FILENAME)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `unlink' function deletes the file name FILENAME.  If this is
     a file's sole name, the file itself is also deleted.  (Actually,
     if any process has the file open when this happens, deletion is
     postponed until all processes have closed the file.)

     The function `unlink' is declared in the header file `unistd.h'.

     This function returns `0' on successful completion, and `-1' on
     error.  In addition to the usual file name errors (*note File Name
     Errors::), the following `errno' error conditions are defined for
     this function:

    `EACCES'
          Write permission is denied for the directory from which the
          file is to be removed, or the directory has the sticky bit
          set and you do not own the file.

    `EBUSY'
          This error indicates that the file is being used by the
          system in such a way that it can't be unlinked.  For example,
          you might see this error if the file name specifies the root
          directory or a mount point for a file system.

    `ENOENT'
          The file name to be deleted doesn't exist.

    `EPERM'
          On some systems `unlink' cannot be used to delete the name of
          a directory, or at least can only be used this way by a
          privileged user.  To avoid such problems, use `rmdir' to
          delete directories.  (On GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd systems
          `unlink' can never delete the name of a directory.)

    `EROFS'
          The directory containing the file name to be deleted is on a
          read-only file system and can't be modified.

 -- Function: int rmdir (const char *FILENAME)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `rmdir' function deletes a directory.  The directory must be
     empty before it can be removed; in other words, it can only contain
     entries for `.' and `..'.

     In most other respects, `rmdir' behaves like `unlink'.  There are
     two additional `errno' error conditions defined for `rmdir':

    `ENOTEMPTY'
    `EEXIST'
          The directory to be deleted is not empty.

     These two error codes are synonymous; some systems use one, and
     some use the other.  GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd systems always use
     `ENOTEMPTY'.

     The prototype for this function is declared in the header file
     `unistd.h'.  

 -- Function: int remove (const char *FILENAME)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This is the ISO C function to remove a file.  It works like
     `unlink' for files and like `rmdir' for directories.  `remove' is
     declared in `stdio.h'.  


File: libc.info,  Node: Renaming Files,  Next: Creating Directories,  Prev: Deleting Files,  Up: File System Interface

14.7 Renaming Files
===================

The `rename' function is used to change a file's name.

 -- Function: int rename (const char *OLDNAME, const char *NEWNAME)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `rename' function renames the file OLDNAME to NEWNAME.  The
     file formerly accessible under the name OLDNAME is afterwards
     accessible as NEWNAME instead.  (If the file had any other names
     aside from OLDNAME, it continues to have those names.)

     The directory containing the name NEWNAME must be on the same file
     system as the directory containing the name OLDNAME.

     One special case for `rename' is when OLDNAME and NEWNAME are two
     names for the same file.  The consistent way to handle this case
     is to delete OLDNAME.  However, in this case POSIX requires that
     `rename' do nothing and report success--which is inconsistent.  We
     don't know what your operating system will do.

     If OLDNAME is not a directory, then any existing file named
     NEWNAME is removed during the renaming operation.  However, if
     NEWNAME is the name of a directory, `rename' fails in this case.

     If OLDNAME is a directory, then either NEWNAME must not exist or
     it must name a directory that is empty.  In the latter case, the
     existing directory named NEWNAME is deleted first.  The name
     NEWNAME must not specify a subdirectory of the directory `oldname'
     which is being renamed.

     One useful feature of `rename' is that the meaning of NEWNAME
     changes "atomically" from any previously existing file by that
     name to its new meaning (i.e., the file that was called OLDNAME).
     There is no instant at which NEWNAME is non-existent "in between"
     the old meaning and the new meaning.  If there is a system crash
     during the operation, it is possible for both names to still
     exist; but NEWNAME will always be intact if it exists at all.

     If `rename' fails, it returns `-1'.  In addition to the usual file
     name errors (*note File Name Errors::), the following `errno'
     error conditions are defined for this function:

    `EACCES'
          One of the directories containing NEWNAME or OLDNAME refuses
          write permission; or NEWNAME and OLDNAME are directories and
          write permission is refused for one of them.

    `EBUSY'
          A directory named by OLDNAME or NEWNAME is being used by the
          system in a way that prevents the renaming from working.
          This includes directories that are mount points for
          filesystems, and directories that are the current working
          directories of processes.

    `ENOTEMPTY'
    `EEXIST'
          The directory NEWNAME isn't empty.  GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd
          systems always return `ENOTEMPTY' for this, but some other
          systems return `EEXIST'.

    `EINVAL'
          OLDNAME is a directory that contains NEWNAME.

    `EISDIR'
          NEWNAME is a directory but the OLDNAME isn't.

    `EMLINK'
          The parent directory of NEWNAME would have too many links
          (entries).

    `ENOENT'
          The file OLDNAME doesn't exist.

    `ENOSPC'
          The directory that would contain NEWNAME has no room for
          another entry, and there is no space left in the file system
          to expand it.

    `EROFS'
          The operation would involve writing to a directory on a
          read-only file system.

    `EXDEV'
          The two file names NEWNAME and OLDNAME are on different file
          systems.


File: libc.info,  Node: Creating Directories,  Next: File Attributes,  Prev: Renaming Files,  Up: File System Interface

14.8 Creating Directories
=========================

Directories are created with the `mkdir' function.  (There is also a
shell command `mkdir' which does the same thing.)

 -- Function: int mkdir (const char *FILENAME, mode_t MODE)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `mkdir' function creates a new, empty directory with name
     FILENAME.

     The argument MODE specifies the file permissions for the new
     directory file.  *Note Permission Bits::, for more information
     about this.

     A return value of `0' indicates successful completion, and `-1'
     indicates failure.  In addition to the usual file name syntax
     errors (*note File Name Errors::), the following `errno' error
     conditions are defined for this function:

    `EACCES'
          Write permission is denied for the parent directory in which
          the new directory is to be added.

    `EEXIST'
          A file named FILENAME already exists.

    `EMLINK'
          The parent directory has too many links (entries).

          Well-designed file systems never report this error, because
          they permit more links than your disk could possibly hold.
          However, you must still take account of the possibility of
          this error, as it could result from network access to a file
          system on another machine.

    `ENOSPC'
          The file system doesn't have enough room to create the new
          directory.

    `EROFS'
          The parent directory of the directory being created is on a
          read-only file system and cannot be modified.

     To use this function, your program should include the header file
     `sys/stat.h'.  


File: libc.info,  Node: File Attributes,  Next: Making Special Files,  Prev: Creating Directories,  Up: File System Interface

14.9 File Attributes
====================

When you issue an `ls -l' shell command on a file, it gives you
information about the size of the file, who owns it, when it was last
modified, etc.  These are called the "file attributes", and are
associated with the file itself and not a particular one of its names.

   This section contains information about how you can inquire about and
modify the attributes of a file.

* Menu:

* Attribute Meanings::          The names of the file attributes,
                                 and what their values mean.
* Reading Attributes::          How to read the attributes of a file.
* Testing File Type::           Distinguishing ordinary files,
                                 directories, links...
* File Owner::                  How ownership for new files is determined,
			         and how to change it.
* Permission Bits::             How information about a file's access
                                 mode is stored.
* Access Permission::           How the system decides who can access a file.
* Setting Permissions::         How permissions for new files are assigned,
			         and how to change them.
* Testing File Access::         How to find out if your process can
                                 access a file.
* File Times::                  About the time attributes of a file.
* File Size::			Manually changing the size of a file.


File: libc.info,  Node: Attribute Meanings,  Next: Reading Attributes,  Up: File Attributes

14.9.1 The meaning of the File Attributes
-----------------------------------------

When you read the attributes of a file, they come back in a structure
called `struct stat'.  This section describes the names of the
attributes, their data types, and what they mean.  For the functions to
read the attributes of a file, see *note Reading Attributes::.

   The header file `sys/stat.h' declares all the symbols defined in
this section.  

 -- Data Type: struct stat
     The `stat' structure type is used to return information about the
     attributes of a file.  It contains at least the following members:

    `mode_t st_mode'
          Specifies the mode of the file.  This includes file type
          information (*note Testing File Type::) and the file
          permission bits (*note Permission Bits::).

    `ino_t st_ino'
          The file serial number, which distinguishes this file from
          all other files on the same device.

    `dev_t st_dev'
          Identifies the device containing the file.  The `st_ino' and
          `st_dev', taken together, uniquely identify the file.  The
          `st_dev' value is not necessarily consistent across reboots or
          system crashes, however.

    `nlink_t st_nlink'
          The number of hard links to the file.  This count keeps track
          of how many directories have entries for this file.  If the
          count is ever decremented to zero, then the file itself is
          discarded as soon as no process still holds it open.
          Symbolic links are not counted in the total.

    `uid_t st_uid'
          The user ID of the file's owner.  *Note File Owner::.

    `gid_t st_gid'
          The group ID of the file.  *Note File Owner::.

    `off_t st_size'
          This specifies the size of a regular file in bytes.  For
          files that are really devices this field isn't usually
          meaningful.  For symbolic links this specifies the length of
          the file name the link refers to.

    `time_t st_atime'
          This is the last access time for the file.  *Note File
          Times::.

    `unsigned long int st_atime_usec'
          This is the fractional part of the last access time for the
          file.  *Note File Times::.

    `time_t st_mtime'
          This is the time of the last modification to the contents of
          the file.  *Note File Times::.

    `unsigned long int st_mtime_usec'
          This is the fractional part of the time of the last
          modification to the contents of the file.  *Note File Times::.

    `time_t st_ctime'
          This is the time of the last modification to the attributes
          of the file.  *Note File Times::.

    `unsigned long int st_ctime_usec'
          This is the fractional part of the time of the last
          modification to the attributes of the file.  *Note File
          Times::.

    `blkcnt_t st_blocks'
          This is the amount of disk space that the file occupies,
          measured in units of 512-byte blocks.

          The number of disk blocks is not strictly proportional to the
          size of the file, for two reasons: the file system may use
          some blocks for internal record keeping; and the file may be
          sparse--it may have "holes" which contain zeros but do not
          actually take up space on the disk.

          You can tell (approximately) whether a file is sparse by
          comparing this value with `st_size', like this:

               (st.st_blocks * 512 < st.st_size)

          This test is not perfect because a file that is just slightly
          sparse might not be detected as sparse at all.  For practical
          applications, this is not a problem.

    `unsigned int st_blksize'
          The optimal block size for reading of writing this file, in
          bytes.  You might use this size for allocating the buffer
          space for reading of writing the file.  (This is unrelated to
          `st_blocks'.)

   The extensions for the Large File Support (LFS) require, even on
32-bit machines, types which can handle file sizes up to 2^63.
Therefore a new definition of `struct stat' is necessary.

 -- Data Type: struct stat64
     The members of this type are the same and have the same names as
     those in `struct stat'.  The only difference is that the members
     `st_ino', `st_size', and `st_blocks' have a different type to
     support larger values.

    `mode_t st_mode'
          Specifies the mode of the file.  This includes file type
          information (*note Testing File Type::) and the file
          permission bits (*note Permission Bits::).

    `ino64_t st_ino'
          The file serial number, which distinguishes this file from
          all other files on the same device.

    `dev_t st_dev'
          Identifies the device containing the file.  The `st_ino' and
          `st_dev', taken together, uniquely identify the file.  The
          `st_dev' value is not necessarily consistent across reboots or
          system crashes, however.

    `nlink_t st_nlink'
          The number of hard links to the file.  This count keeps track
          of how many directories have entries for this file.  If the
          count is ever decremented to zero, then the file itself is
          discarded as soon as no process still holds it open.
          Symbolic links are not counted in the total.

    `uid_t st_uid'
          The user ID of the file's owner.  *Note File Owner::.

    `gid_t st_gid'
          The group ID of the file.  *Note File Owner::.

    `off64_t st_size'
          This specifies the size of a regular file in bytes.  For
          files that are really devices this field isn't usually
          meaningful.  For symbolic links this specifies the length of
          the file name the link refers to.

    `time_t st_atime'
          This is the last access time for the file.  *Note File
          Times::.

    `unsigned long int st_atime_usec'
          This is the fractional part of the last access time for the
          file.  *Note File Times::.

    `time_t st_mtime'
          This is the time of the last modification to the contents of
          the file.  *Note File Times::.

    `unsigned long int st_mtime_usec'
          This is the fractional part of the time of the last
          modification to the contents of the file.  *Note File Times::.

    `time_t st_ctime'
          This is the time of the last modification to the attributes
          of the file.  *Note File Times::.

    `unsigned long int st_ctime_usec'
          This is the fractional part of the time of the last
          modification to the attributes of the file.  *Note File
          Times::.

    `blkcnt64_t st_blocks'
          This is the amount of disk space that the file occupies,
          measured in units of 512-byte blocks.

    `unsigned int st_blksize'
          The optimal block size for reading of writing this file, in
          bytes.  You might use this size for allocating the buffer
          space for reading of writing the file.  (This is unrelated to
          `st_blocks'.)

   Some of the file attributes have special data type names which exist
specifically for those attributes.  (They are all aliases for well-known
integer types that you know and love.)  These typedef names are defined
in the header file `sys/types.h' as well as in `sys/stat.h'.  Here is a
list of them.

 -- Data Type: mode_t
     This is an integer data type used to represent file modes.  In the
     GNU C Library, this is an unsigned type no narrower than `unsigned
     int'.

 -- Data Type: ino_t
     This is an unsigned integer type used to represent file serial
     numbers.  (In Unix jargon, these are sometimes called "inode
     numbers".)  In the GNU C Library, this type is no narrower than
     `unsigned int'.

     If the source is compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' this type
     is transparently replaced by `ino64_t'.

 -- Data Type: ino64_t
     This is an unsigned integer type used to represent file serial
     numbers for the use in LFS.  In the GNU C Library, this type is no
     narrower than `unsigned int'.

     When compiling with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' this type is
     available under the name `ino_t'.

 -- Data Type: dev_t
     This is an arithmetic data type used to represent file device
     numbers.  In the GNU C Library, this is an integer type no
     narrower than `int'.

 -- Data Type: nlink_t
     This is an integer type used to represent file link counts.

 -- Data Type: blkcnt_t
     This is a signed integer type used to represent block counts.  In
     the GNU C Library, this type is no narrower than `int'.

     If the source is compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' this type
     is transparently replaced by `blkcnt64_t'.

 -- Data Type: blkcnt64_t
     This is a signed integer type used to represent block counts for
     the use in LFS.  In the GNU C Library, this type is no narrower
     than `int'.

     When compiling with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' this type is
     available under the name `blkcnt_t'.


File: libc.info,  Node: Reading Attributes,  Next: Testing File Type,  Prev: Attribute Meanings,  Up: File Attributes

14.9.2 Reading the Attributes of a File
---------------------------------------

To examine the attributes of files, use the functions `stat', `fstat'
and `lstat'.  They return the attribute information in a `struct stat'
object.  All three functions are declared in the header file
`sys/stat.h'.

 -- Function: int stat (const char *FILENAME, struct stat *BUF)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `stat' function returns information about the attributes of the
     file named by FILENAME in the structure pointed to by BUF.

     If FILENAME is the name of a symbolic link, the attributes you get
     describe the file that the link points to.  If the link points to a
     nonexistent file name, then `stat' fails reporting a nonexistent
     file.

     The return value is `0' if the operation is successful, or `-1' on
     failure.  In addition to the usual file name errors (*note File
     Name Errors::, the following `errno' error conditions are defined
     for this function:

    `ENOENT'
          The file named by FILENAME doesn't exist.

     When the sources are compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' this
     function is in fact `stat64' since the LFS interface transparently
     replaces the normal implementation.

 -- Function: int stat64 (const char *FILENAME, struct stat64 *BUF)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function is similar to `stat' but it is also able to work on
     files larger than 2^31 bytes on 32-bit systems.  To be able to do
     this the result is stored in a variable of type `struct stat64' to
     which BUF must point.

     When the sources are compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' this
     function is available under the name `stat' and so transparently
     replaces the interface for small files on 32-bit machines.

 -- Function: int fstat (int FILEDES, struct stat *BUF)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `fstat' function is like `stat', except that it takes an open
     file descriptor as an argument instead of a file name.  *Note
     Low-Level I/O::.

     Like `stat', `fstat' returns `0' on success and `-1' on failure.
     The following `errno' error conditions are defined for `fstat':

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES argument is not a valid file descriptor.

     When the sources are compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' this
     function is in fact `fstat64' since the LFS interface transparently
     replaces the normal implementation.

 -- Function: int fstat64 (int FILEDES, struct stat64 *BUF)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function is similar to `fstat' but is able to work on large
     files on 32-bit platforms.  For large files the file descriptor
     FILEDES should be obtained by `open64' or `creat64'.  The BUF
     pointer points to a variable of type `struct stat64' which is able
     to represent the larger values.

     When the sources are compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' this
     function is available under the name `fstat' and so transparently
     replaces the interface for small files on 32-bit machines.

 -- Function: int lstat (const char *FILENAME, struct stat *BUF)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `lstat' function is like `stat', except that it does not
     follow symbolic links.  If FILENAME is the name of a symbolic
     link, `lstat' returns information about the link itself; otherwise
     `lstat' works like `stat'.  *Note Symbolic Links::.

     When the sources are compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' this
     function is in fact `lstat64' since the LFS interface transparently
     replaces the normal implementation.

 -- Function: int lstat64 (const char *FILENAME, struct stat64 *BUF)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function is similar to `lstat' but it is also able to work on
     files larger than 2^31 bytes on 32-bit systems.  To be able to do
     this the result is stored in a variable of type `struct stat64' to
     which BUF must point.

     When the sources are compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' this
     function is available under the name `lstat' and so transparently
     replaces the interface for small files on 32-bit machines.


File: libc.info,  Node: Testing File Type,  Next: File Owner,  Prev: Reading Attributes,  Up: File Attributes

14.9.3 Testing the Type of a File
---------------------------------

The "file mode", stored in the `st_mode' field of the file attributes,
contains two kinds of information: the file type code, and the access
permission bits.  This section discusses only the type code, which you
can use to tell whether the file is a directory, socket, symbolic link,
and so on.  For details about access permissions see *note Permission
Bits::.

   There are two ways you can access the file type information in a file
mode.  Firstly, for each file type there is a "predicate macro" which
examines a given file mode and returns whether it is of that type or
not.  Secondly, you can mask out the rest of the file mode to leave
just the file type code, and compare this against constants for each of
the supported file types.

   All of the symbols listed in this section are defined in the header
file `sys/stat.h'.  

   The following predicate macros test the type of a file, given the
value M which is the `st_mode' field returned by `stat' on that file:

 -- Macro: int S_ISDIR (mode_t M)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This macro returns non-zero if the file is a directory.

 -- Macro: int S_ISCHR (mode_t M)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This macro returns non-zero if the file is a character special
     file (a device like a terminal).

 -- Macro: int S_ISBLK (mode_t M)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This macro returns non-zero if the file is a block special file (a
     device like a disk).

 -- Macro: int S_ISREG (mode_t M)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This macro returns non-zero if the file is a regular file.

 -- Macro: int S_ISFIFO (mode_t M)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This macro returns non-zero if the file is a FIFO special file, or
     a pipe.  *Note Pipes and FIFOs::.

 -- Macro: int S_ISLNK (mode_t M)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This macro returns non-zero if the file is a symbolic link.  *Note
     Symbolic Links::.

 -- Macro: int S_ISSOCK (mode_t M)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This macro returns non-zero if the file is a socket.  *Note
     Sockets::.

   An alternate non-POSIX method of testing the file type is supported
for compatibility with BSD.  The mode can be bitwise AND-ed with
`S_IFMT' to extract the file type code, and compared to the appropriate
constant.  For example,

     S_ISCHR (MODE)

is equivalent to:

     ((MODE & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)

 -- Macro: int S_IFMT
     This is a bit mask used to extract the file type code from a mode
     value.

   These are the symbolic names for the different file type codes:

`S_IFDIR'
     This is the file type constant of a directory file.

`S_IFCHR'
     This is the file type constant of a character-oriented device file.

`S_IFBLK'
     This is the file type constant of a block-oriented device file.

`S_IFREG'
     This is the file type constant of a regular file.

`S_IFLNK'
     This is the file type constant of a symbolic link.

`S_IFSOCK'
     This is the file type constant of a socket.

`S_IFIFO'
     This is the file type constant of a FIFO or pipe.

   The POSIX.1b standard introduced a few more objects which possibly
can be implemented as object in the filesystem.  These are message
queues, semaphores, and shared memory objects.  To allow
differentiating these objects from other files the POSIX standard
introduces three new test macros.  But unlike the other macros it does
not take the value of the `st_mode' field as the parameter.  Instead
they expect a pointer to the whole `struct stat' structure.

 -- Macro: int S_TYPEISMQ (struct stat *S)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     If the system implement POSIX message queues as distinct objects
     and the file is a message queue object, this macro returns a
     non-zero value.  In all other cases the result is zero.

 -- Macro: int S_TYPEISSEM (struct stat *S)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     If the system implement POSIX semaphores as distinct objects and
     the file is a semaphore object, this macro returns a non-zero
     value.  In all other cases the result is zero.

 -- Macro: int S_TYPEISSHM (struct stat *S)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     If the system implement POSIX shared memory objects as distinct
     objects and the file is a shared memory object, this macro returns
     a non-zero value.  In all other cases the result is zero.


File: libc.info,  Node: File Owner,  Next: Permission Bits,  Prev: Testing File Type,  Up: File Attributes

14.9.4 File Owner
-----------------

Every file has an "owner" which is one of the registered user names
defined on the system.  Each file also has a "group" which is one of
the defined groups.  The file owner can often be useful for showing you
who edited the file (especially when you edit with GNU Emacs), but its
main purpose is for access control.

   The file owner and group play a role in determining access because
the file has one set of access permission bits for the owner, another
set that applies to users who belong to the file's group, and a third
set of bits that applies to everyone else.  *Note Access Permission::,
for the details of how access is decided based on this data.

   When a file is created, its owner is set to the effective user ID of
the process that creates it (*note Process Persona::).  The file's
group ID may be set to either the effective group ID of the process, or
the group ID of the directory that contains the file, depending on the
system where the file is stored.  When you access a remote file system,
it behaves according to its own rules, not according to the system your
program is running on.  Thus, your program must be prepared to encounter
either kind of behavior no matter what kind of system you run it on.

   You can change the owner and/or group owner of an existing file using
the `chown' function.  This is the primitive for the `chown' and
`chgrp' shell commands.

   The prototype for this function is declared in `unistd.h'.

 -- Function: int chown (const char *FILENAME, uid_t OWNER, gid_t GROUP)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `chown' function changes the owner of the file FILENAME to
     OWNER, and its group owner to GROUP.

     Changing the owner of the file on certain systems clears the
     set-user-ID and set-group-ID permission bits.  (This is because
     those bits may not be appropriate for the new owner.)  Other file
     permission bits are not changed.

     The return value is `0' on success and `-1' on failure.  In
     addition to the usual file name errors (*note File Name Errors::),
     the following `errno' error conditions are defined for this
     function:

    `EPERM'
          This process lacks permission to make the requested change.

          Only privileged users or the file's owner can change the
          file's group.  On most file systems, only privileged users
          can change the file owner; some file systems allow you to
          change the owner if you are currently the owner.  When you
          access a remote file system, the behavior you encounter is
          determined by the system that actually holds the file, not by
          the system your program is running on.

          *Note Options for Files::, for information about the
          `_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED' macro.

    `EROFS'
          The file is on a read-only file system.

 -- Function: int fchown (int FILEDES, uid_t OWNER, gid_t GROUP)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This is like `chown', except that it changes the owner of the open
     file with descriptor FILEDES.

     The return value from `fchown' is `0' on success and `-1' on
     failure.  The following `errno' error codes are defined for this
     function:

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `EINVAL'
          The FILEDES argument corresponds to a pipe or socket, not an
          ordinary file.

    `EPERM'
          This process lacks permission to make the requested change.
          For details see `chmod' above.

    `EROFS'
          The file resides on a read-only file system.


File: libc.info,  Node: Permission Bits,  Next: Access Permission,  Prev: File Owner,  Up: File Attributes

14.9.5 The Mode Bits for Access Permission
------------------------------------------

The "file mode", stored in the `st_mode' field of the file attributes,
contains two kinds of information: the file type code, and the access
permission bits.  This section discusses only the access permission
bits, which control who can read or write the file.  *Note Testing File
Type::, for information about the file type code.

   All of the symbols listed in this section are defined in the header
file `sys/stat.h'.  

   These symbolic constants are defined for the file mode bits that
control access permission for the file:

`S_IRUSR'
`S_IREAD'
     Read permission bit for the owner of the file.  On many systems
     this bit is 0400.  `S_IREAD' is an obsolete synonym provided for
     BSD compatibility.

`S_IWUSR'
`S_IWRITE'
     Write permission bit for the owner of the file.  Usually 0200.
     `S_IWRITE' is an obsolete synonym provided for BSD compatibility.

`S_IXUSR'
`S_IEXEC'
     Execute (for ordinary files) or search (for directories)
     permission bit for the owner of the file.  Usually 0100.
     `S_IEXEC' is an obsolete synonym provided for BSD compatibility.

`S_IRWXU'
     This is equivalent to `(S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)'.

`S_IRGRP'
     Read permission bit for the group owner of the file.  Usually 040.

`S_IWGRP'
     Write permission bit for the group owner of the file.  Usually 020.

`S_IXGRP'
     Execute or search permission bit for the group owner of the file.
     Usually 010.

`S_IRWXG'
     This is equivalent to `(S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP)'.

`S_IROTH'
     Read permission bit for other users.  Usually 04.

`S_IWOTH'
     Write permission bit for other users.  Usually 02.

`S_IXOTH'
     Execute or search permission bit for other users.  Usually 01.

`S_IRWXO'
     This is equivalent to `(S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH)'.

`S_ISUID'
     This is the set-user-ID on execute bit, usually 04000.  *Note How
     Change Persona::.

`S_ISGID'
     This is the set-group-ID on execute bit, usually 02000.  *Note How
     Change Persona::.

`S_ISVTX'
     This is the "sticky" bit, usually 01000.

     For a directory it gives permission to delete a file in that
     directory only if you own that file.  Ordinarily, a user can
     either delete all the files in a directory or cannot delete any of
     them (based on whether the user has write permission for the
     directory).  The same restriction applies--you must have both
     write permission for the directory and own the file you want to
     delete.  The one exception is that the owner of the directory can
     delete any file in the directory, no matter who owns it (provided
     the owner has given himself write permission for the directory).
     This is commonly used for the `/tmp' directory, where anyone may
     create files but not delete files created by other users.

     Originally the sticky bit on an executable file modified the
     swapping policies of the system.  Normally, when a program
     terminated, its pages in core were immediately freed and reused.
     If the sticky bit was set on the executable file, the system kept
     the pages in core for a while as if the program were still
     running.  This was advantageous for a program likely to be run
     many times in succession.  This usage is obsolete in modern
     systems.  When a program terminates, its pages always remain in
     core as long as there is no shortage of memory in the system.
     When the program is next run, its pages will still be in core if
     no shortage arose since the last run.

     On some modern systems where the sticky bit has no useful meaning
     for an executable file, you cannot set the bit at all for a
     non-directory.  If you try, `chmod' fails with `EFTYPE'; *note
     Setting Permissions::.

     Some systems (particularly SunOS) have yet another use for the
     sticky bit.  If the sticky bit is set on a file that is _not_
     executable, it means the opposite: never cache the pages of this
     file at all.  The main use of this is for the files on an NFS
     server machine which are used as the swap area of diskless client
     machines.  The idea is that the pages of the file will be cached
     in the client's memory, so it is a waste of the server's memory to
     cache them a second time.  With this usage the sticky bit also
     implies that the filesystem may fail to record the file's
     modification time onto disk reliably (the idea being that no-one
     cares for a swap file).

     This bit is only available on BSD systems (and those derived from
     them).  Therefore one has to use the `_BSD_SOURCE' feature select
     macro to get the definition (*note Feature Test Macros::).

   The actual bit values of the symbols are listed in the table above
so you can decode file mode values when debugging your programs.  These
bit values are correct for most systems, but they are not guaranteed.

   *Warning:* Writing explicit numbers for file permissions is bad
practice.  Not only is it not portable, it also requires everyone who
reads your program to remember what the bits mean.  To make your program
clean use the symbolic names.


File: libc.info,  Node: Access Permission,  Next: Setting Permissions,  Prev: Permission Bits,  Up: File Attributes

14.9.6 How Your Access to a File is Decided
-------------------------------------------

Recall that the operating system normally decides access permission for
a file based on the effective user and group IDs of the process and its
supplementary group IDs, together with the file's owner, group and
permission bits.  These concepts are discussed in detail in *note
Process Persona::.

   If the effective user ID of the process matches the owner user ID of
the file, then permissions for read, write, and execute/search are
controlled by the corresponding "user" (or "owner") bits.  Likewise, if
any of the effective group ID or supplementary group IDs of the process
matches the group owner ID of the file, then permissions are controlled
by the "group" bits.  Otherwise, permissions are controlled by the
"other" bits.

   Privileged users, like `root', can access any file regardless of its
permission bits.  As a special case, for a file to be executable even
by a privileged user, at least one of its execute bits must be set.


File: libc.info,  Node: Setting Permissions,  Next: Testing File Access,  Prev: Access Permission,  Up: File Attributes

14.9.7 Assigning File Permissions
---------------------------------

The primitive functions for creating files (for example, `open' or
`mkdir') take a MODE argument, which specifies the file permissions to
give the newly created file.  This mode is modified by the process's
"file creation mask", or "umask", before it is used.

   The bits that are set in the file creation mask identify permissions
that are always to be disabled for newly created files.  For example, if
you set all the "other" access bits in the mask, then newly created
files are not accessible at all to processes in the "other" category,
even if the MODE argument passed to the create function would permit
such access.  In other words, the file creation mask is the complement
of the ordinary access permissions you want to grant.

   Programs that create files typically specify a MODE argument that
includes all the permissions that make sense for the particular file.
For an ordinary file, this is typically read and write permission for
all classes of users.  These permissions are then restricted as
specified by the individual user's own file creation mask.

   To change the permission of an existing file given its name, call
`chmod'.  This function uses the specified permission bits and ignores
the file creation mask.

   In normal use, the file creation mask is initialized by the user's
login shell (using the `umask' shell command), and inherited by all
subprocesses.  Application programs normally don't need to worry about
the file creation mask.  It will automatically do what it is supposed to
do.

   When your program needs to create a file and bypass the umask for its
access permissions, the easiest way to do this is to use `fchmod' after
opening the file, rather than changing the umask.  In fact, changing
the umask is usually done only by shells.  They use the `umask'
function.

   The functions in this section are declared in `sys/stat.h'.  

 -- Function: mode_t umask (mode_t MASK)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `umask' function sets the file creation mask of the current
     process to MASK, and returns the previous value of the file
     creation mask.

     Here is an example showing how to read the mask with `umask'
     without changing it permanently:

          mode_t
          read_umask (void)
          {
            mode_t mask = umask (0);
            umask (mask);
            return mask;
          }

     However, on GNU/Hurd systems it is better to use `getumask' if you
     just want to read the mask value, because it is reentrant.

 -- Function: mode_t getumask (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     Return the current value of the file creation mask for the current
     process.  This function is a GNU extension and is only available on
     GNU/Hurd systems.

 -- Function: int chmod (const char *FILENAME, mode_t MODE)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `chmod' function sets the access permission bits for the file
     named by FILENAME to MODE.

     If FILENAME is a symbolic link, `chmod' changes the permissions of
     the file pointed to by the link, not those of the link itself.

     This function returns `0' if successful and `-1' if not.  In
     addition to the usual file name errors (*note File Name Errors::),
     the following `errno' error conditions are defined for this
     function:

    `ENOENT'
          The named file doesn't exist.

    `EPERM'
          This process does not have permission to change the access
          permissions of this file.  Only the file's owner (as judged
          by the effective user ID of the process) or a privileged user
          can change them.

    `EROFS'
          The file resides on a read-only file system.

    `EFTYPE'
          MODE has the `S_ISVTX' bit (the "sticky bit") set, and the
          named file is not a directory.  Some systems do not allow
          setting the sticky bit on non-directory files, and some do
          (and only some of those assign a useful meaning to the bit
          for non-directory files).

          You only get `EFTYPE' on systems where the sticky bit has no
          useful meaning for non-directory files, so it is always safe
          to just clear the bit in MODE and call `chmod' again.  *Note
          Permission Bits::, for full details on the sticky bit.

 -- Function: int fchmod (int FILEDES, mode_t MODE)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This is like `chmod', except that it changes the permissions of the
     currently open file given by FILEDES.

     The return value from `fchmod' is `0' on success and `-1' on
     failure.  The following `errno' error codes are defined for this
     function:

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `EINVAL'
          The FILEDES argument corresponds to a pipe or socket, or
          something else that doesn't really have access permissions.

    `EPERM'
          This process does not have permission to change the access
          permissions of this file.  Only the file's owner (as judged
          by the effective user ID of the process) or a privileged user
          can change them.

    `EROFS'
          The file resides on a read-only file system.


File: libc.info,  Node: Testing File Access,  Next: File Times,  Prev: Setting Permissions,  Up: File Attributes

14.9.8 Testing Permission to Access a File
------------------------------------------

In some situations it is desirable to allow programs to access files or
devices even if this is not possible with the permissions granted to the
user.  One possible solution is to set the setuid-bit of the program
file.  If such a program is started the _effective_ user ID of the
process is changed to that of the owner of the program file.  So to
allow write access to files like `/etc/passwd', which normally can be
written only by the super-user, the modifying program will have to be
owned by `root' and the setuid-bit must be set.

   But beside the files the program is intended to change the user
should not be allowed to access any file to which s/he would not have
access anyway.  The program therefore must explicitly check whether _the
user_ would have the necessary access to a file, before it reads or
writes the file.

   To do this, use the function `access', which checks for access
permission based on the process's _real_ user ID rather than the
effective user ID.  (The setuid feature does not alter the real user ID,
so it reflects the user who actually ran the program.)

   There is another way you could check this access, which is easy to
describe, but very hard to use.  This is to examine the file mode bits
and mimic the system's own access computation.  This method is
undesirable because many systems have additional access control
features; your program cannot portably mimic them, and you would not
want to try to keep track of the diverse features that different systems
have.  Using `access' is simple and automatically does whatever is
appropriate for the system you are using.

   `access' is _only_ only appropriate to use in setuid programs.  A
non-setuid program will always use the effective ID rather than the
real ID.

   The symbols in this section are declared in `unistd.h'.

 -- Function: int access (const char *FILENAME, int HOW)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `access' function checks to see whether the file named by
     FILENAME can be accessed in the way specified by the HOW argument.
     The HOW argument either can be the bitwise OR of the flags `R_OK',
     `W_OK', `X_OK', or the existence test `F_OK'.

     This function uses the _real_ user and group IDs of the calling
     process, rather than the _effective_ IDs, to check for access
     permission.  As a result, if you use the function from a `setuid'
     or `setgid' program (*note How Change Persona::), it gives
     information relative to the user who actually ran the program.

     The return value is `0' if the access is permitted, and `-1'
     otherwise.  (In other words, treated as a predicate function,
     `access' returns true if the requested access is _denied_.)

     In addition to the usual file name errors (*note File Name
     Errors::), the following `errno' error conditions are defined for
     this function:

    `EACCES'
          The access specified by HOW is denied.

    `ENOENT'
          The file doesn't exist.

    `EROFS'
          Write permission was requested for a file on a read-only file
          system.

   These macros are defined in the header file `unistd.h' for use as
the HOW argument to the `access' function.  The values are integer
constants.  

 -- Macro: int R_OK
     Flag meaning test for read permission.

 -- Macro: int W_OK
     Flag meaning test for write permission.

 -- Macro: int X_OK
     Flag meaning test for execute/search permission.

 -- Macro: int F_OK
     Flag meaning test for existence of the file.


File: libc.info,  Node: File Times,  Next: File Size,  Prev: Testing File Access,  Up: File Attributes

14.9.9 File Times
-----------------

Each file has three time stamps associated with it:  its access time,
its modification time, and its attribute modification time.  These
correspond to the `st_atime', `st_mtime', and `st_ctime' members of the
`stat' structure; see *note File Attributes::.

   All of these times are represented in calendar time format, as
`time_t' objects.  This data type is defined in `time.h'.  For more
information about representation and manipulation of time values, see
*note Calendar Time::.  

   Reading from a file updates its access time attribute, and writing
updates its modification time.  When a file is created, all three time
stamps for that file are set to the current time.  In addition, the
attribute change time and modification time fields of the directory that
contains the new entry are updated.

   Adding a new name for a file with the `link' function updates the
attribute change time field of the file being linked, and both the
attribute change time and modification time fields of the directory
containing the new name.  These same fields are affected if a file name
is deleted with `unlink', `remove' or `rmdir'.  Renaming a file with
`rename' affects only the attribute change time and modification time
fields of the two parent directories involved, and not the times for
the file being renamed.

   Changing the attributes of a file (for example, with `chmod')
updates its attribute change time field.

   You can also change some of the time stamps of a file explicitly
using the `utime' function--all except the attribute change time.  You
need to include the header file `utime.h' to use this facility.  

 -- Data Type: struct utimbuf
     The `utimbuf' structure is used with the `utime' function to
     specify new access and modification times for a file.  It contains
     the following members:

    `time_t actime'
          This is the access time for the file.

    `time_t modtime'
          This is the modification time for the file.

 -- Function: int utime (const char *FILENAME, const struct utimbuf
          *TIMES)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function is used to modify the file times associated with the
     file named FILENAME.

     If TIMES is a null pointer, then the access and modification times
     of the file are set to the current time.  Otherwise, they are set
     to the values from the `actime' and `modtime' members
     (respectively) of the `utimbuf' structure pointed to by TIMES.

     The attribute modification time for the file is set to the current
     time in either case (since changing the time stamps is itself a
     modification of the file attributes).

     The `utime' function returns `0' if successful and `-1' on
     failure.  In addition to the usual file name errors (*note File
     Name Errors::), the following `errno' error conditions are defined
     for this function:

    `EACCES'
          There is a permission problem in the case where a null
          pointer was passed as the TIMES argument.  In order to update
          the time stamp on the file, you must either be the owner of
          the file, have write permission for the file, or be a
          privileged user.

    `ENOENT'
          The file doesn't exist.

    `EPERM'
          If the TIMES argument is not a null pointer, you must either
          be the owner of the file or be a privileged user.

    `EROFS'
          The file lives on a read-only file system.

   Each of the three time stamps has a corresponding microsecond part,
which extends its resolution.  These fields are called `st_atime_usec',
`st_mtime_usec', and `st_ctime_usec'; each has a value between 0 and
999,999, which indicates the time in microseconds.  They correspond to
the `tv_usec' field of a `timeval' structure; see *note High-Resolution
Calendar::.

   The `utimes' function is like `utime', but also lets you specify the
fractional part of the file times.  The prototype for this function is
in the header file `sys/time.h'.  

 -- Function: int utimes (const char *FILENAME, const struct timeval
          TVP[2])
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function sets the file access and modification times of the
     file FILENAME.  The new file access time is specified by `TVP[0]',
     and the new modification time by `TVP[1]'.  Similar to `utime', if
     TVP is a null pointer then the access and modification times of
     the file are set to the current time.  This function comes from
     BSD.

     The return values and error conditions are the same as for the
     `utime' function.

 -- Function: int lutimes (const char *FILENAME, const struct timeval
          TVP[2])
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function is like `utimes', except that it does not follow
     symbolic links.  If FILENAME is the name of a symbolic link,
     `lutimes' sets the file access and modification times of the
     symbolic link special file itself (as seen by `lstat'; *note
     Symbolic Links::) while `utimes' sets the file access and
     modification times of the file the symbolic link refers to.  This
     function comes from FreeBSD, and is not available on all platforms
     (if not available, it will fail with `ENOSYS').

     The return values and error conditions are the same as for the
     `utime' function.

 -- Function: int futimes (int FD, const struct timeval TVP[2])
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function is like `utimes', except that it takes an open file
     descriptor as an argument instead of a file name.  *Note Low-Level
     I/O::.  This function comes from FreeBSD, and is not available on
     all platforms (if not available, it will fail with `ENOSYS').

     Like `utimes', `futimes' returns `0' on success and `-1' on
     failure.  The following `errno' error conditions are defined for
     `futimes':

    `EACCES'
          There is a permission problem in the case where a null
          pointer was passed as the TIMES argument.  In order to update
          the time stamp on the file, you must either be the owner of
          the file, have write permission for the file, or be a
          privileged user.

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `EPERM'
          If the TIMES argument is not a null pointer, you must either
          be the owner of the file or be a privileged user.

    `EROFS'
          The file lives on a read-only file system.


File: libc.info,  Node: File Size,  Prev: File Times,  Up: File Attributes

14.9.10 File Size
-----------------

Normally file sizes are maintained automatically.  A file begins with a
size of 0 and is automatically extended when data is written past its
end.  It is also possible to empty a file completely by an `open' or
`fopen' call.

   However, sometimes it is necessary to _reduce_ the size of a file.
This can be done with the `truncate' and `ftruncate' functions.  They
were introduced in BSD Unix.  `ftruncate' was later added to POSIX.1.

   Some systems allow you to extend a file (creating holes) with these
functions.  This is useful when using memory-mapped I/O (*note
Memory-mapped I/O::), where files are not automatically extended.
However, it is not portable but must be implemented if `mmap' allows
mapping of files (i.e., `_POSIX_MAPPED_FILES' is defined).

   Using these functions on anything other than a regular file gives
_undefined_ results.  On many systems, such a call will appear to
succeed, without actually accomplishing anything.

 -- Function: int truncate (const char *FILENAME, off_t LENGTH)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `truncate' function changes the size of FILENAME to LENGTH.
     If LENGTH is shorter than the previous length, data at the end
     will be lost.  The file must be writable by the user to perform
     this operation.

     If LENGTH is longer, holes will be added to the end.  However, some
     systems do not support this feature and will leave the file
     unchanged.

     When the source file is compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' the
     `truncate' function is in fact `truncate64' and the type `off_t'
     has 64 bits which makes it possible to handle files up to 2^63
     bytes in length.

     The return value is 0 for success, or -1 for an error.  In
     addition to the usual file name errors, the following errors may
     occur:

    `EACCES'
          The file is a directory or not writable.

    `EINVAL'
          LENGTH is negative.

    `EFBIG'
          The operation would extend the file beyond the limits of the
          operating system.

    `EIO'
          A hardware I/O error occurred.

    `EPERM'
          The file is "append-only" or "immutable".

    `EINTR'
          The operation was interrupted by a signal.



 -- Function: int truncate64 (const char *NAME, off64_t LENGTH)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function is similar to the `truncate' function.  The
     difference is that the LENGTH argument is 64 bits wide even on 32
     bits machines, which allows the handling of files with sizes up to
     2^63 bytes.

     When the source file is compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' on
     a 32 bits machine this function is actually available under the
     name `truncate' and so transparently replaces the 32 bits
     interface.

 -- Function: int ftruncate (int FD, off_t LENGTH)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This is like `truncate', but it works on a file descriptor FD for
     an opened file instead of a file name to identify the object.  The
     file must be opened for writing to successfully carry out the
     operation.

     The POSIX standard leaves it implementation defined what happens
     if the specified new LENGTH of the file is bigger than the
     original size.  The `ftruncate' function might simply leave the
     file alone and do nothing or it can increase the size to the
     desired size.  In this later case the extended area should be
     zero-filled.  So using `ftruncate' is no reliable way to increase
     the file size but if it is possible it is probably the fastest
     way.  The function also operates on POSIX shared memory segments
     if these are implemented by the system.

     `ftruncate' is especially useful in combination with `mmap'.
     Since the mapped region must have a fixed size one cannot enlarge
     the file by writing something beyond the last mapped page.
     Instead one has to enlarge the file itself and then remap the file
     with the new size.  The example below shows how this works.

     When the source file is compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' the
     `ftruncate' function is in fact `ftruncate64' and the type `off_t'
     has 64 bits which makes it possible to handle files up to 2^63
     bytes in length.

     The return value is 0 for success, or -1 for an error.  The
     following errors may occur:

    `EBADF'
          FD does not correspond to an open file.

    `EACCES'
          FD is a directory or not open for writing.

    `EINVAL'
          LENGTH is negative.

    `EFBIG'
          The operation would extend the file beyond the limits of the
          operating system.

    `EIO'
          A hardware I/O error occurred.

    `EPERM'
          The file is "append-only" or "immutable".

    `EINTR'
          The operation was interrupted by a signal.



 -- Function: int ftruncate64 (int ID, off64_t LENGTH)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function is similar to the `ftruncate' function.  The
     difference is that the LENGTH argument is 64 bits wide even on 32
     bits machines which allows the handling of files with sizes up to
     2^63 bytes.

     When the source file is compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' on
     a 32 bits machine this function is actually available under the
     name `ftruncate' and so transparently replaces the 32 bits
     interface.

   As announced here is a little example of how to use `ftruncate' in
combination with `mmap':

     int fd;
     void *start;
     size_t len;

     int
     add (off_t at, void *block, size_t size)
     {
       if (at + size > len)
         {
           /* Resize the file and remap.  */
           size_t ps = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
           size_t ns = (at + size + ps - 1) & ~(ps - 1);
           void *np;
           if (ftruncate (fd, ns) < 0)
             return -1;
           np = mmap (NULL, ns, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, fd, 0);
           if (np == MAP_FAILED)
             return -1;
           start = np;
           len = ns;
         }
       memcpy ((char *) start + at, block, size);
       return 0;
     }

   The function `add' writes a block of memory at an arbitrary position
in the file.  If the current size of the file is too small it is
extended.  Note the it is extended by a round number of pages.  This is
a requirement of `mmap'.  The program has to keep track of the real
size, and when it has finished a final `ftruncate' call should set the
real size of the file.


File: libc.info,  Node: Making Special Files,  Next: Temporary Files,  Prev: File Attributes,  Up: File System Interface

14.10 Making Special Files
==========================

The `mknod' function is the primitive for making special files, such as
files that correspond to devices.  The GNU C Library includes this
function for compatibility with BSD.

   The prototype for `mknod' is declared in `sys/stat.h'.  

 -- Function: int mknod (const char *FILENAME, mode_t MODE, dev_t DEV)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `mknod' function makes a special file with name FILENAME.  The
     MODE specifies the mode of the file, and may include the various
     special file bits, such as `S_IFCHR' (for a character special file)
     or `S_IFBLK' (for a block special file).  *Note Testing File
     Type::.

     The DEV argument specifies which device the special file refers to.
     Its exact interpretation depends on the kind of special file being
     created.

     The return value is `0' on success and `-1' on error.  In addition
     to the usual file name errors (*note File Name Errors::), the
     following `errno' error conditions are defined for this function:

    `EPERM'
          The calling process is not privileged.  Only the superuser
          can create special files.

    `ENOSPC'
          The directory or file system that would contain the new file
          is full and cannot be extended.

    `EROFS'
          The directory containing the new file can't be modified
          because it's on a read-only file system.

    `EEXIST'
          There is already a file named FILENAME.  If you want to
          replace this file, you must remove the old file explicitly
          first.


File: libc.info,  Node: Temporary Files,  Prev: Making Special Files,  Up: File System Interface

14.11 Temporary Files
=====================

If you need to use a temporary file in your program, you can use the
`tmpfile' function to open it.  Or you can use the `tmpnam' (better:
`tmpnam_r') function to provide a name for a temporary file and then
you can open it in the usual way with `fopen'.

   The `tempnam' function is like `tmpnam' but lets you choose what
directory temporary files will go in, and something about what their
file names will look like.  Important for multi-threaded programs is
that `tempnam' is reentrant, while `tmpnam' is not since it returns a
pointer to a static buffer.

   These facilities are declared in the header file `stdio.h'.  

 -- Function: FILE * tmpfile (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap lock | AC-Unsafe mem fd
     lock | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function creates a temporary binary file for update mode, as
     if by calling `fopen' with mode `"wb+"'.  The file is deleted
     automatically when it is closed or when the program terminates.
     (On some other ISO C systems the file may fail to be deleted if
     the program terminates abnormally).

     This function is reentrant.

     When the sources are compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' on a
     32-bit system this function is in fact `tmpfile64', i.e., the LFS
     interface transparently replaces the old interface.

 -- Function: FILE * tmpfile64 (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap lock | AC-Unsafe mem fd
     lock | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function is similar to `tmpfile', but the stream it returns a
     pointer to was opened using `tmpfile64'.  Therefore this stream can
     be used for files larger than 2^31 bytes on 32-bit machines.

     Please note that the return type is still `FILE *'.  There is no
     special `FILE' type for the LFS interface.

     If the sources are compiled with `_FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64' on a 32
     bits machine this function is available under the name `tmpfile'
     and so transparently replaces the old interface.

 -- Function: char * tmpnam (char *RESULT)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:tmpnam/!result | AS-Unsafe | AC-Safe
     | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function constructs and returns a valid file name that does
     not refer to any existing file.  If the RESULT argument is a null
     pointer, the return value is a pointer to an internal static
     string, which might be modified by subsequent calls and therefore
     makes this function non-reentrant.  Otherwise, the RESULT argument
     should be a pointer to an array of at least `L_tmpnam' characters,
     and the result is written into that array.

     It is possible for `tmpnam' to fail if you call it too many times
     without removing previously-created files.  This is because the
     limited length of the temporary file names gives room for only a
     finite number of different names.  If `tmpnam' fails it returns a
     null pointer.

     *Warning:* Between the time the pathname is constructed and the
     file is created another process might have created a file with the
     same name using `tmpnam', leading to a possible security hole.  The
     implementation generates names which can hardly be predicted, but
     when opening the file you should use the `O_EXCL' flag.  Using
     `tmpfile' or `mkstemp' is a safe way to avoid this problem.

 -- Function: char * tmpnam_r (char *RESULT)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function is nearly identical to the `tmpnam' function, except
     that if RESULT is a null pointer it returns a null pointer.

     This guarantees reentrancy because the non-reentrant situation of
     `tmpnam' cannot happen here.

     *Warning*: This function has the same security problems as
     `tmpnam'.

 -- Macro: int L_tmpnam
     The value of this macro is an integer constant expression that
     represents the minimum size of a string large enough to hold a
     file name generated by the `tmpnam' function.

 -- Macro: int TMP_MAX
     The macro `TMP_MAX' is a lower bound for how many temporary names
     you can create with `tmpnam'.  You can rely on being able to call
     `tmpnam' at least this many times before it might fail saying you
     have made too many temporary file names.

     With the GNU C Library, you can create a very large number of
     temporary file names.  If you actually created the files, you
     would probably run out of disk space before you ran out of names.
     Some other systems have a fixed, small limit on the number of
     temporary files.  The limit is never less than `25'.

 -- Function: char * tempnam (const char *DIR, const char *PREFIX)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe env | AS-Unsafe heap | AC-Unsafe mem |
     *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function generates a unique temporary file name.  If PREFIX
     is not a null pointer, up to five characters of this string are
     used as a prefix for the file name.  The return value is a string
     newly allocated with `malloc', so you should release its storage
     with `free' when it is no longer needed.

     Because the string is dynamically allocated this function is
     reentrant.

     The directory prefix for the temporary file name is determined by
     testing each of the following in sequence.  The directory must
     exist and be writable.

        * The environment variable `TMPDIR', if it is defined.  For
          security reasons this only happens if the program is not SUID
          or SGID enabled.

        * The DIR argument, if it is not a null pointer.

        * The value of the `P_tmpdir' macro.

        * The directory `/tmp'.

     This function is defined for SVID compatibility.

     *Warning:* Between the time the pathname is constructed and the
     file is created another process might have created a file with the
     same name using `tempnam', leading to a possible security hole.
     The implementation generates names which can hardly be predicted,
     but when opening the file you should use the `O_EXCL' flag.  Using
     `tmpfile' or `mkstemp' is a safe way to avoid this problem.
   
 -- SVID Macro: char * P_tmpdir
     This macro is the name of the default directory for temporary
     files.

   Older Unix systems did not have the functions just described.
Instead they used `mktemp' and `mkstemp'.  Both of these functions work
by modifying a file name template string you pass.  The last six
characters of this string must be `XXXXXX'.  These six `X's are
replaced with six characters which make the whole string a unique file
name.  Usually the template string is something like
`/tmp/PREFIXXXXXXX', and each program uses a unique PREFIX.

   *NB:* Because `mktemp' and `mkstemp' modify the template string, you
_must not_ pass string constants to them.  String constants are
normally in read-only storage, so your program would crash when
`mktemp' or `mkstemp' tried to modify the string.  These functions are
declared in the header file `stdlib.h'.  

 -- Function: char * mktemp (char *TEMPLATE)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `mktemp' function generates a unique file name by modifying
     TEMPLATE as described above.  If successful, it returns TEMPLATE
     as modified.  If `mktemp' cannot find a unique file name, it makes
     TEMPLATE an empty string and returns that.  If TEMPLATE does not
     end with `XXXXXX', `mktemp' returns a null pointer.

     *Warning:* Between the time the pathname is constructed and the
     file is created another process might have created a file with the
     same name using `mktemp', leading to a possible security hole.  The
     implementation generates names which can hardly be predicted, but
     when opening the file you should use the `O_EXCL' flag.  Using
     `mkstemp' is a safe way to avoid this problem.

 -- Function: int mkstemp (char *TEMPLATE)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe fd | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `mkstemp' function generates a unique file name just as
     `mktemp' does, but it also opens the file for you with `open'
     (*note Opening and Closing Files::).  If successful, it modifies
     TEMPLATE in place and returns a file descriptor for that file open
     for reading and writing.  If `mkstemp' cannot create a
     uniquely-named file, it returns `-1'.  If TEMPLATE does not end
     with `XXXXXX', `mkstemp' returns `-1' and does not modify TEMPLATE.

     The file is opened using mode `0600'.  If the file is meant to be
     used by other users this mode must be changed explicitly.

   Unlike `mktemp', `mkstemp' is actually guaranteed to create a unique
file that cannot possibly clash with any other program trying to create
a temporary file.  This is because it works by calling `open' with the
`O_EXCL' flag, which says you want to create a new file and get an
error if the file already exists.

 -- Function: char * mkdtemp (char *TEMPLATE)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `mkdtemp' function creates a directory with a unique name.  If
     it succeeds, it overwrites TEMPLATE with the name of the
     directory, and returns TEMPLATE.  As with `mktemp' and `mkstemp',
     TEMPLATE should be a string ending with `XXXXXX'.

     If `mkdtemp' cannot create an uniquely named directory, it returns
     `NULL' and sets ERRNO appropriately.  If TEMPLATE does not end
     with `XXXXXX', `mkdtemp' returns `NULL' and does not modify
     TEMPLATE.  ERRNO will be set to `EINVAL' in this case.

     The directory is created using mode `0700'.

   The directory created by `mkdtemp' cannot clash with temporary files
or directories created by other users.  This is because directory
creation always works like `open' with `O_EXCL'.  *Note Creating
Directories::.

   The `mkdtemp' function comes from OpenBSD.


File: libc.info,  Node: Pipes and FIFOs,  Next: Sockets,  Prev: File System Interface,  Up: Top

15 Pipes and FIFOs
******************

A "pipe" is a mechanism for interprocess communication; data written to
the pipe by one process can be read by another process.  The data is
handled in a first-in, first-out (FIFO) order.  The pipe has no name; it
is created for one use and both ends must be inherited from the single
process which created the pipe.

   A "FIFO special file" is similar to a pipe, but instead of being an
anonymous, temporary connection, a FIFO has a name or names like any
other file.  Processes open the FIFO by name in order to communicate
through it.

   A pipe or FIFO has to be open at both ends simultaneously.  If you
read from a pipe or FIFO file that doesn't have any processes writing
to it (perhaps because they have all closed the file, or exited), the
read returns end-of-file.  Writing to a pipe or FIFO that doesn't have a
reading process is treated as an error condition; it generates a
`SIGPIPE' signal, and fails with error code `EPIPE' if the signal is
handled or blocked.

   Neither pipes nor FIFO special files allow file positioning.  Both
reading and writing operations happen sequentially; reading from the
beginning of the file and writing at the end.

* Menu:

* Creating a Pipe::             Making a pipe with the `pipe' function.
* Pipe to a Subprocess::        Using a pipe to communicate with a
				 child process.
* FIFO Special Files::          Making a FIFO special file.
* Pipe Atomicity::		When pipe (or FIFO) I/O is atomic.


File: libc.info,  Node: Creating a Pipe,  Next: Pipe to a Subprocess,  Up: Pipes and FIFOs

15.1 Creating a Pipe
====================

The primitive for creating a pipe is the `pipe' function.  This creates
both the reading and writing ends of the pipe.  It is not very useful
for a single process to use a pipe to talk to itself.  In typical use,
a process creates a pipe just before it forks one or more child
processes (*note Creating a Process::).  The pipe is then used for
communication either between the parent or child processes, or between
two sibling processes.

   The `pipe' function is declared in the header file `unistd.h'.  

 -- Function: int pipe (int FILEDES[2])
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe fd | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `pipe' function creates a pipe and puts the file descriptors
     for the reading and writing ends of the pipe (respectively) into
     `FILEDES[0]' and `FILEDES[1]'.

     An easy way to remember that the input end comes first is that file
     descriptor `0' is standard input, and file descriptor `1' is
     standard output.

     If successful, `pipe' returns a value of `0'.  On failure, `-1' is
     returned.  The following `errno' error conditions are defined for
     this function:

    `EMFILE'
          The process has too many files open.

    `ENFILE'
          There are too many open files in the entire system.  *Note
          Error Codes::, for more information about `ENFILE'.  This
          error never occurs on GNU/Hurd systems.

   Here is an example of a simple program that creates a pipe.  This
program uses the `fork' function (*note Creating a Process::) to create
a child process.  The parent process writes data to the pipe, which is
read by the child process.


     #include <sys/types.h>
     #include <unistd.h>
     #include <stdio.h>
     #include <stdlib.h>

     /* Read characters from the pipe and echo them to `stdout'. */

     void
     read_from_pipe (int file)
     {
       FILE *stream;
       int c;
       stream = fdopen (file, "r");
       while ((c = fgetc (stream)) != EOF)
         putchar (c);
       fclose (stream);
     }

     /* Write some random text to the pipe. */

     void
     write_to_pipe (int file)
     {
       FILE *stream;
       stream = fdopen (file, "w");
       fprintf (stream, "hello, world!\n");
       fprintf (stream, "goodbye, world!\n");
       fclose (stream);
     }

     int
     main (void)
     {
       pid_t pid;
       int mypipe[2];

       /* Create the pipe. */
       if (pipe (mypipe))
         {
           fprintf (stderr, "Pipe failed.\n");
           return EXIT_FAILURE;
         }

       /* Create the child process. */
       pid = fork ();
       if (pid == (pid_t) 0)
         {
           /* This is the child process.
              Close other end first. */
           close (mypipe[1]);
           read_from_pipe (mypipe[0]);
           return EXIT_SUCCESS;
         }
       else if (pid < (pid_t) 0)
         {
           /* The fork failed. */
           fprintf (stderr, "Fork failed.\n");
           return EXIT_FAILURE;
         }
       else
         {
           /* This is the parent process.
              Close other end first. */
           close (mypipe[0]);
           write_to_pipe (mypipe[1]);
           return EXIT_SUCCESS;
         }
     }


File: libc.info,  Node: Pipe to a Subprocess,  Next: FIFO Special Files,  Prev: Creating a Pipe,  Up: Pipes and FIFOs

15.2 Pipe to a Subprocess
=========================

A common use of pipes is to send data to or receive data from a program
being run as a subprocess.  One way of doing this is by using a
combination of `pipe' (to create the pipe), `fork' (to create the
subprocess), `dup2' (to force the subprocess to use the pipe as its
standard input or output channel), and `exec' (to execute the new
program).  Or, you can use `popen' and `pclose'.

   The advantage of using `popen' and `pclose' is that the interface is
much simpler and easier to use.  But it doesn't offer as much
flexibility as using the low-level functions directly.

 -- Function: FILE * popen (const char *COMMAND, const char *MODE)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap corrupt | AC-Unsafe
     corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `popen' function is closely related to the `system' function;
     see *note Running a Command::.  It executes the shell command
     COMMAND as a subprocess.  However, instead of waiting for the
     command to complete, it creates a pipe to the subprocess and
     returns a stream that corresponds to that pipe.

     If you specify a MODE argument of `"r"', you can read from the
     stream to retrieve data from the standard output channel of the
     subprocess.  The subprocess inherits its standard input channel
     from the parent process.

     Similarly, if you specify a MODE argument of `"w"', you can write
     to the stream to send data to the standard input channel of the
     subprocess.  The subprocess inherits its standard output channel
     from the parent process.

     In the event of an error `popen' returns a null pointer.  This
     might happen if the pipe or stream cannot be created, if the
     subprocess cannot be forked, or if the program cannot be executed.

 -- Function: int pclose (FILE *STREAM)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap plugin corrupt lock |
     AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `pclose' function is used to close a stream created by `popen'.
     It waits for the child process to terminate and returns its status
     value, as for the `system' function.

   Here is an example showing how to use `popen' and `pclose' to filter
output through another program, in this case the paging program `more'.


     #include <stdio.h>
     #include <stdlib.h>

     void
     write_data (FILE * stream)
     {
       int i;
       for (i = 0; i < 100; i++)
         fprintf (stream, "%d\n", i);
       if (ferror (stream))
         {
           fprintf (stderr, "Output to stream failed.\n");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }
     }

     int
     main (void)
     {
       FILE *output;

       output = popen ("more", "w");
       if (!output)
         {
           fprintf (stderr,
                    "incorrect parameters or too many files.\n");
           return EXIT_FAILURE;
         }
       write_data (output);
       if (pclose (output) != 0)
         {
           fprintf (stderr,
                    "Could not run more or other error.\n");
         }
       return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     }


File: libc.info,  Node: FIFO Special Files,  Next: Pipe Atomicity,  Prev: Pipe to a Subprocess,  Up: Pipes and FIFOs

15.3 FIFO Special Files
=======================

A FIFO special file is similar to a pipe, except that it is created in a
different way.  Instead of being an anonymous communications channel, a
FIFO special file is entered into the file system by calling `mkfifo'.

   Once you have created a FIFO special file in this way, any process
can open it for reading or writing, in the same way as an ordinary file.
However, it has to be open at both ends simultaneously before you can
proceed to do any input or output operations on it.  Opening a FIFO for
reading normally blocks until some other process opens the same FIFO for
writing, and vice versa.

   The `mkfifo' function is declared in the header file `sys/stat.h'.  

 -- Function: int mkfifo (const char *FILENAME, mode_t MODE)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `mkfifo' function makes a FIFO special file with name
     FILENAME.  The MODE argument is used to set the file's
     permissions; see *note Setting Permissions::.

     The normal, successful return value from `mkfifo' is `0'.  In the
     case of an error, `-1' is returned.  In addition to the usual file
     name errors (*note File Name Errors::), the following `errno'
     error conditions are defined for this function:

    `EEXIST'
          The named file already exists.

    `ENOSPC'
          The directory or file system cannot be extended.

    `EROFS'
          The directory that would contain the file resides on a
          read-only file system.


File: libc.info,  Node: Pipe Atomicity,  Prev: FIFO Special Files,  Up: Pipes and FIFOs

15.4 Atomicity of Pipe I/O
==========================

Reading or writing pipe data is "atomic" if the size of data written is
not greater than `PIPE_BUF'.  This means that the data transfer seems
to be an instantaneous unit, in that nothing else in the system can
observe a state in which it is partially complete.  Atomic I/O may not
begin right away (it may need to wait for buffer space or for data),
but once it does begin it finishes immediately.

   Reading or writing a larger amount of data may not be atomic; for
example, output data from other processes sharing the descriptor may be
interspersed.  Also, once `PIPE_BUF' characters have been written,
further writes will block until some characters are read.

   *Note Limits for Files::, for information about the `PIPE_BUF'
parameter.


File: libc.info,  Node: Sockets,  Next: Low-Level Terminal Interface,  Prev: Pipes and FIFOs,  Up: Top

16 Sockets
**********

This chapter describes the GNU facilities for interprocess
communication using sockets.

   A "socket" is a generalized interprocess communication channel.
Like a pipe, a socket is represented as a file descriptor.  Unlike pipes
sockets support communication between unrelated processes, and even
between processes running on different machines that communicate over a
network.  Sockets are the primary means of communicating with other
machines; `telnet', `rlogin', `ftp', `talk' and the other familiar
network programs use sockets.

   Not all operating systems support sockets.  In the GNU C Library, the
header file `sys/socket.h' exists regardless of the operating system,
and the socket functions always exist, but if the system does not
really support sockets these functions always fail.

   *Incomplete:* We do not currently document the facilities for
broadcast messages or for configuring Internet interfaces.  The
reentrant functions and some newer functions that are related to IPv6
aren't documented either so far.

* Menu:

* Socket Concepts::	Basic concepts you need to know about.
* Communication Styles::Stream communication, datagrams and other styles.
* Socket Addresses::	How socket names (``addresses'') work.
* Interface Naming::	Identifying specific network interfaces.
* Local Namespace::	Details about the local namespace.
* Internet Namespace::	Details about the Internet namespace.
* Misc Namespaces::	Other namespaces not documented fully here.
* Open/Close Sockets::  Creating sockets and destroying them.
* Connections::		Operations on sockets with connection state.
* Datagrams::		Operations on datagram sockets.
* Inetd::		Inetd is a daemon that starts servers on request.
			   The most convenient way to write a server
			   is to make it work with Inetd.
* Socket Options::	Miscellaneous low-level socket options.
* Networks Database::   Accessing the database of network names.


File: libc.info,  Node: Socket Concepts,  Next: Communication Styles,  Up: Sockets

16.1 Socket Concepts
====================

When you create a socket, you must specify the style of communication
you want to use and the type of protocol that should implement it.  The
"communication style" of a socket defines the user-level semantics of
sending and receiving data on the socket.  Choosing a communication
style specifies the answers to questions such as these:

   * *What are the units of data transmission?*  Some communication
     styles regard the data as a sequence of bytes with no larger
     structure; others group the bytes into records (which are known in
     this context as "packets").

   * *Can data be lost during normal operation?*  Some communication
     styles guarantee that all the data sent arrives in the order it was
     sent (barring system or network crashes); other styles occasionally
     lose data as a normal part of operation, and may sometimes deliver
     packets more than once or in the wrong order.

     Designing a program to use unreliable communication styles usually
     involves taking precautions to detect lost or misordered packets
     and to retransmit data as needed.

   * *Is communication entirely with one partner?*  Some communication
     styles are like a telephone call--you make a "connection" with one
     remote socket and then exchange data freely.  Other styles are
     like mailing letters--you specify a destination address for each
     message you send.

   You must also choose a "namespace" for naming the socket.  A socket
name ("address") is meaningful only in the context of a particular
namespace.  In fact, even the data type to use for a socket name may
depend on the namespace.  Namespaces are also called "domains", but we
avoid that word as it can be confused with other usage of the same
term.  Each namespace has a symbolic name that starts with `PF_'.  A
corresponding symbolic name starting with `AF_' designates the address
format for that namespace.

   Finally you must choose the "protocol" to carry out the
communication.  The protocol determines what low-level mechanism is used
to transmit and receive data.  Each protocol is valid for a particular
namespace and communication style; a namespace is sometimes called a
"protocol family" because of this, which is why the namespace names
start with `PF_'.

   The rules of a protocol apply to the data passing between two
programs, perhaps on different computers; most of these rules are
handled by the operating system and you need not know about them.  What
you do need to know about protocols is this:

   * In order to have communication between two sockets, they must
     specify the _same_ protocol.

   * Each protocol is meaningful with particular style/namespace
     combinations and cannot be used with inappropriate combinations.
     For example, the TCP protocol fits only the byte stream style of
     communication and the Internet namespace.

   * For each combination of style and namespace there is a "default
     protocol", which you can request by specifying 0 as the protocol
     number.  And that's what you should normally do--use the default.

   Throughout the following description at various places
variables/parameters to denote sizes are required.  And here the trouble
starts.  In the first implementations the type of these variables was
simply `int'.  On most machines at that time an `int' was 32 bits wide,
which created a _de facto_ standard requiring 32-bit variables.  This
is important since references to variables of this type are passed to
the kernel.

   Then the POSIX people came and unified the interface with the words
"all size values are of type `size_t'".  On 64-bit machines `size_t' is
64 bits wide, so pointers to variables were no longer possible.

   The Unix98 specification provides a solution by introducing a type
`socklen_t'.  This type is used in all of the cases that POSIX changed
to use `size_t'.  The only requirement of this type is that it be an
unsigned type of at least 32 bits.  Therefore, implementations which
require that references to 32-bit variables be passed can be as happy
as implementations which use 64-bit values.


File: libc.info,  Node: Communication Styles,  Next: Socket Addresses,  Prev: Socket Concepts,  Up: Sockets

16.2 Communication Styles
=========================

The GNU C Library includes support for several different kinds of
sockets, each with different characteristics.  This section describes
the supported socket types.  The symbolic constants listed here are
defined in `sys/socket.h'.  

 -- Macro: int SOCK_STREAM
     The `SOCK_STREAM' style is like a pipe (*note Pipes and FIFOs::).
     It operates over a connection with a particular remote socket and
     transmits data reliably as a stream of bytes.

     Use of this style is covered in detail in *note Connections::.

 -- Macro: int SOCK_DGRAM
     The `SOCK_DGRAM' style is used for sending individually-addressed
     packets unreliably.  It is the diametrical opposite of
     `SOCK_STREAM'.

     Each time you write data to a socket of this kind, that data
     becomes one packet.  Since `SOCK_DGRAM' sockets do not have
     connections, you must specify the recipient address with each
     packet.

     The only guarantee that the system makes about your requests to
     transmit data is that it will try its best to deliver each packet
     you send.  It may succeed with the sixth packet after failing with
     the fourth and fifth packets; the seventh packet may arrive before
     the sixth, and may arrive a second time after the sixth.

     The typical use for `SOCK_DGRAM' is in situations where it is
     acceptable to simply re-send a packet if no response is seen in a
     reasonable amount of time.

     *Note Datagrams::, for detailed information about how to use
     datagram sockets.

 -- Macro: int SOCK_RAW
     This style provides access to low-level network protocols and
     interfaces.  Ordinary user programs usually have no need to use
     this style.


File: libc.info,  Node: Socket Addresses,  Next: Interface Naming,  Prev: Communication Styles,  Up: Sockets

16.3 Socket Addresses
=====================

The name of a socket is normally called an "address".  The functions
and symbols for dealing with socket addresses were named
inconsistently, sometimes using the term "name" and sometimes using
"address".  You can regard these terms as synonymous where sockets are
concerned.

   A socket newly created with the `socket' function has no address.
Other processes can find it for communication only if you give it an
address.  We call this "binding" the address to the socket, and the way
to do it is with the `bind' function.

   You need be concerned with the address of a socket if other processes
are to find it and start communicating with it.  You can specify an
address for other sockets, but this is usually pointless; the first time
you send data from a socket, or use it to initiate a connection, the
system assigns an address automatically if you have not specified one.

   Occasionally a client needs to specify an address because the server
discriminates based on address; for example, the rsh and rlogin
protocols look at the client's socket address and only bypass password
checking if it is less than `IPPORT_RESERVED' (*note Ports::).

   The details of socket addresses vary depending on what namespace you
are using.  *Note Local Namespace::, or *note Internet Namespace::, for
specific information.

   Regardless of the namespace, you use the same functions `bind' and
`getsockname' to set and examine a socket's address.  These functions
use a phony data type, `struct sockaddr *', to accept the address.  In
practice, the address lives in a structure of some other data type
appropriate to the address format you are using, but you cast its
address to `struct sockaddr *' when you pass it to `bind'.

* Menu:

* Address Formats::		About `struct sockaddr'.
* Setting Address::		Binding an address to a socket.
* Reading Address::		Reading the address of a socket.


File: libc.info,  Node: Address Formats,  Next: Setting Address,  Up: Socket Addresses

16.3.1 Address Formats
----------------------

The functions `bind' and `getsockname' use the generic data type
`struct sockaddr *' to represent a pointer to a socket address.  You
can't use this data type effectively to interpret an address or
construct one; for that, you must use the proper data type for the
socket's namespace.

   Thus, the usual practice is to construct an address of the proper
namespace-specific type, then cast a pointer to `struct sockaddr *'
when you call `bind' or `getsockname'.

   The one piece of information that you can get from the `struct
sockaddr' data type is the "address format designator".  This tells you
which data type to use to understand the address fully.

   The symbols in this section are defined in the header file
`sys/socket.h'.

 -- Data Type: struct sockaddr
     The `struct sockaddr' type itself has the following members:

    `short int sa_family'
          This is the code for the address format of this address.  It
          identifies the format of the data which follows.

    `char sa_data[14]'
          This is the actual socket address data, which is
          format-dependent.  Its length also depends on the format, and
          may well be more than 14.  The length 14 of `sa_data' is
          essentially arbitrary.

   Each address format has a symbolic name which starts with `AF_'.
Each of them corresponds to a `PF_' symbol which designates the
corresponding namespace.  Here is a list of address format names:

`AF_LOCAL'
     This designates the address format that goes with the local
     namespace.  (`PF_LOCAL' is the name of that namespace.)  *Note
     Local Namespace Details::, for information about this address
     format.

`AF_UNIX'
     This is a synonym for `AF_LOCAL'.  Although `AF_LOCAL' is mandated
     by POSIX.1g, `AF_UNIX' is portable to more systems.  `AF_UNIX' was
     the traditional name stemming from BSD, so even most POSIX systems
     support it.  It is also the name of choice in the Unix98
     specification. (The same is true for `PF_UNIX' vs. `PF_LOCAL').

`AF_FILE'
     This is another synonym for `AF_LOCAL', for compatibility.
     (`PF_FILE' is likewise a synonym for `PF_LOCAL'.)

`AF_INET'
     This designates the address format that goes with the Internet
     namespace.  (`PF_INET' is the name of that namespace.)  *Note
     Internet Address Formats::.

`AF_INET6'
     This is similar to `AF_INET', but refers to the IPv6 protocol.
     (`PF_INET6' is the name of the corresponding namespace.)

`AF_UNSPEC'
     This designates no particular address format.  It is used only in
     rare cases, such as to clear out the default destination address
     of a "connected" datagram socket.  *Note Sending Datagrams::.

     The corresponding namespace designator symbol `PF_UNSPEC' exists
     for completeness, but there is no reason to use it in a program.

   `sys/socket.h' defines symbols starting with `AF_' for many
different kinds of networks, most or all of which are not actually
implemented.  We will document those that really work as we receive
information about how to use them.


File: libc.info,  Node: Setting Address,  Next: Reading Address,  Prev: Address Formats,  Up: Socket Addresses

16.3.2 Setting the Address of a Socket
--------------------------------------

Use the `bind' function to assign an address to a socket.  The
prototype for `bind' is in the header file `sys/socket.h'.  For
examples of use, see *note Local Socket Example::, or see *note Inet
Example::.

 -- Function: int bind (int SOCKET, struct sockaddr *ADDR, socklen_t
          LENGTH)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `bind' function assigns an address to the socket SOCKET.  The
     ADDR and LENGTH arguments specify the address; the detailed format
     of the address depends on the namespace.  The first part of the
     address is always the format designator, which specifies a
     namespace, and says that the address is in the format of that
     namespace.

     The return value is `0' on success and `-1' on failure.  The
     following `errno' error conditions are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The SOCKET argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTSOCK'
          The descriptor SOCKET is not a socket.

    `EADDRNOTAVAIL'
          The specified address is not available on this machine.

    `EADDRINUSE'
          Some other socket is already using the specified address.

    `EINVAL'
          The socket SOCKET already has an address.

    `EACCES'
          You do not have permission to access the requested address.
          (In the Internet domain, only the super-user is allowed to
          specify a port number in the range 0 through
          `IPPORT_RESERVED' minus one; see *note Ports::.)

     Additional conditions may be possible depending on the particular
     namespace of the socket.


File: libc.info,  Node: Reading Address,  Prev: Setting Address,  Up: Socket Addresses

16.3.3 Reading the Address of a Socket
--------------------------------------

Use the function `getsockname' to examine the address of an Internet
socket.  The prototype for this function is in the header file
`sys/socket.h'.

 -- Function: int getsockname (int SOCKET, struct sockaddr *ADDR,
          socklen_t *LENGTH-PTR)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe mem/hurd | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     The `getsockname' function returns information about the address
     of the socket SOCKET in the locations specified by the ADDR and
     LENGTH-PTR arguments.  Note that the LENGTH-PTR is a pointer; you
     should initialize it to be the allocation size of ADDR, and on
     return it contains the actual size of the address data.

     The format of the address data depends on the socket namespace.
     The length of the information is usually fixed for a given
     namespace, so normally you can know exactly how much space is
     needed and can provide that much.  The usual practice is to
     allocate a place for the value using the proper data type for the
     socket's namespace, then cast its address to `struct sockaddr *'
     to pass it to `getsockname'.

     The return value is `0' on success and `-1' on error.  The
     following `errno' error conditions are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The SOCKET argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTSOCK'
          The descriptor SOCKET is not a socket.

    `ENOBUFS'
          There are not enough internal buffers available for the
          operation.

   You can't read the address of a socket in the file namespace.  This
is consistent with the rest of the system; in general, there's no way to
find a file's name from a descriptor for that file.


File: libc.info,  Node: Interface Naming,  Next: Local Namespace,  Prev: Socket Addresses,  Up: Sockets

16.4 Interface Naming
=====================

Each network interface has a name.  This usually consists of a few
letters that relate to the type of interface, which may be followed by a
number if there is more than one interface of that type.  Examples
might be `lo' (the loopback interface) and `eth0' (the first Ethernet
interface).

   Although such names are convenient for humans, it would be clumsy to
have to use them whenever a program needs to refer to an interface.  In
such situations an interface is referred to by its "index", which is an
arbitrarily-assigned small positive integer.

   The following functions, constants and data types are declared in the
header file `net/if.h'.

 -- Constant: size_t IFNAMSIZ
     This constant defines the maximum buffer size needed to hold an
     interface name, including its terminating zero byte.

 -- Function: unsigned int if_nametoindex (const char *IFNAME)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe lock | AC-Unsafe lock fd |
     *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function yields the interface index corresponding to a
     particular name.  If no interface exists with the name given, it
     returns 0.

 -- Function: char * if_indextoname (unsigned int IFINDEX, char *IFNAME)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe lock | AC-Unsafe lock fd |
     *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function maps an interface index to its corresponding name.
     The returned name is placed in the buffer pointed to by `ifname',
     which must be at least `IFNAMSIZ' bytes in length.  If the index
     was invalid, the function's return value is a null pointer,
     otherwise it is `ifname'.

 -- Data Type: struct if_nameindex
     This data type is used to hold the information about a single
     interface.  It has the following members:

    `unsigned int if_index;'
          This is the interface index.

    `char *if_name'
          This is the null-terminated index name.


 -- Function: struct if_nameindex * if_nameindex (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap lock/hurd | AC-Unsafe
     lock/hurd fd mem | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function returns an array of `if_nameindex' structures, one
     for every interface that is present.  The end of the list is
     indicated by a structure with an interface of 0 and a null name
     pointer.  If an error occurs, this function returns a null pointer.

     The returned structure must be freed with `if_freenameindex' after
     use.

 -- Function: void if_freenameindex (struct if_nameindex *PTR)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap | AC-Unsafe mem | *Note
     POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function frees the structure returned by an earlier call to
     `if_nameindex'.


File: libc.info,  Node: Local Namespace,  Next: Internet Namespace,  Prev: Interface Naming,  Up: Sockets

16.5 The Local Namespace
========================

This section describes the details of the local namespace, whose
symbolic name (required when you create a socket) is `PF_LOCAL'.  The
local namespace is also known as "Unix domain sockets".  Another name
is file namespace since socket addresses are normally implemented as
file names.

* Menu:

* Concepts: Local Namespace Concepts. What you need to understand.
* Details: Local Namespace Details.   Address format, symbolic names, etc.
* Example: Local Socket Example.      Example of creating a socket.


File: libc.info,  Node: Local Namespace Concepts,  Next: Local Namespace Details,  Up: Local Namespace

16.5.1 Local Namespace Concepts
-------------------------------

In the local namespace socket addresses are file names.  You can specify
any file name you want as the address of the socket, but you must have
write permission on the directory containing it.  It's common to put
these files in the `/tmp' directory.

   One peculiarity of the local namespace is that the name is only used
when opening the connection; once open the address is not meaningful and
may not exist.

   Another peculiarity is that you cannot connect to such a socket from
another machine-not even if the other machine shares the file system
which contains the name of the socket.  You can see the socket in a
directory listing, but connecting to it never succeeds.  Some programs
take advantage of this, such as by asking the client to send its own
process ID, and using the process IDs to distinguish between clients.
However, we recommend you not use this method in protocols you design,
as we might someday permit connections from other machines that mount
the same file systems.  Instead, send each new client an identifying
number if you want it to have one.

   After you close a socket in the local namespace, you should delete
the file name from the file system.  Use `unlink' or `remove' to do
this; see *note Deleting Files::.

   The local namespace supports just one protocol for any communication
style; it is protocol number `0'.


File: libc.info,  Node: Local Namespace Details,  Next: Local Socket Example,  Prev: Local Namespace Concepts,  Up: Local Namespace

16.5.2 Details of Local Namespace
---------------------------------

To create a socket in the local namespace, use the constant `PF_LOCAL'
as the NAMESPACE argument to `socket' or `socketpair'.  This constant
is defined in `sys/socket.h'.

 -- Macro: int PF_LOCAL
     This designates the local namespace, in which socket addresses are
     local names, and its associated family of protocols.  `PF_Local'
     is the macro used by Posix.1g.

 -- Macro: int PF_UNIX
     This is a synonym for `PF_LOCAL', for compatibility's sake.

 -- Macro: int PF_FILE
     This is a synonym for `PF_LOCAL', for compatibility's sake.

   The structure for specifying socket names in the local namespace is
defined in the header file `sys/un.h': 

 -- Data Type: struct sockaddr_un
     This structure is used to specify local namespace socket
     addresses.  It has the following members:

    `short int sun_family'
          This identifies the address family or format of the socket
          address.  You should store the value `AF_LOCAL' to designate
          the local namespace.  *Note Socket Addresses::.

    `char sun_path[108]'
          This is the file name to use.

          *Incomplete:*  Why is 108 a magic number?  RMS suggests making
          this a zero-length array and tweaking the following example
          to use `alloca' to allocate an appropriate amount of storage
          based on the length of the filename.

   You should compute the LENGTH parameter for a socket address in the
local namespace as the sum of the size of the `sun_family' component
and the string length (_not_ the allocation size!) of the file name
string.  This can be done using the macro `SUN_LEN':

 -- Macro: int SUN_LEN (_struct sockaddr_un *_ PTR)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The macro computes the length of socket address in the local
     namespace.


File: libc.info,  Node: Local Socket Example,  Prev: Local Namespace Details,  Up: Local Namespace

16.5.3 Example of Local-Namespace Sockets
-----------------------------------------

Here is an example showing how to create and name a socket in the local
namespace.


     #include <stddef.h>
     #include <stdio.h>
     #include <errno.h>
     #include <stdlib.h>
     #include <string.h>
     #include <sys/socket.h>
     #include <sys/un.h>

     int
     make_named_socket (const char *filename)
     {
       struct sockaddr_un name;
       int sock;
       size_t size;

       /* Create the socket. */
       sock = socket (PF_LOCAL, SOCK_DGRAM, 0);
       if (sock < 0)
         {
           perror ("socket");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }

       /* Bind a name to the socket. */
       name.sun_family = AF_LOCAL;
       strncpy (name.sun_path, filename, sizeof (name.sun_path));
       name.sun_path[sizeof (name.sun_path) - 1] = '\0';

       /* The size of the address is
          the offset of the start of the filename,
          plus its length (not including the terminating null byte).
          Alternatively you can just do:
          size = SUN_LEN (&name);
      */
       size = (offsetof (struct sockaddr_un, sun_path)
               + strlen (name.sun_path));

       if (bind (sock, (struct sockaddr *) &name, size) < 0)
         {
           perror ("bind");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }

       return sock;
     }


File: libc.info,  Node: Internet Namespace,  Next: Misc Namespaces,  Prev: Local Namespace,  Up: Sockets

16.6 The Internet Namespace
===========================

This section describes the details of the protocols and socket naming
conventions used in the Internet namespace.

   Originally the Internet namespace used only IP version 4 (IPv4).
With the growing number of hosts on the Internet, a new protocol with a
larger address space was necessary: IP version 6 (IPv6).  IPv6
introduces 128-bit addresses (IPv4 has 32-bit addresses) and other
features, and will eventually replace IPv4.

   To create a socket in the IPv4 Internet namespace, use the symbolic
name `PF_INET' of this namespace as the NAMESPACE argument to `socket'
or `socketpair'.  For IPv6 addresses you need the macro `PF_INET6'.
These macros are defined in `sys/socket.h'.  

 -- Macro: int PF_INET
     This designates the IPv4 Internet namespace and associated family
     of protocols.

 -- Macro: int PF_INET6
     This designates the IPv6 Internet namespace and associated family
     of protocols.

   A socket address for the Internet namespace includes the following
components:

   * The address of the machine you want to connect to.  Internet
     addresses can be specified in several ways; these are discussed in
     *note Internet Address Formats::, *note Host Addresses:: and *note
     Host Names::.

   * A port number for that machine.  *Note Ports::.

   You must ensure that the address and port number are represented in a
canonical format called "network byte order".  *Note Byte Order::, for
information about this.

* Menu:

* Internet Address Formats::    How socket addresses are specified in the
                                 Internet namespace.
* Host Addresses::	        All about host addresses of Internet host.
* Ports::			Internet port numbers.
* Services Database::           Ports may have symbolic names.
* Byte Order::		        Different hosts may use different byte
                                 ordering conventions; you need to
                                 canonicalize host address and port number.
* Protocols Database::		Referring to protocols by name.
* Inet Example::	        Putting it all together.


File: libc.info,  Node: Internet Address Formats,  Next: Host Addresses,  Up: Internet Namespace

16.6.1 Internet Socket Address Formats
--------------------------------------

In the Internet namespace, for both IPv4 (`AF_INET') and IPv6
(`AF_INET6'), a socket address consists of a host address and a port on
that host.  In addition, the protocol you choose serves effectively as
a part of the address because local port numbers are meaningful only
within a particular protocol.

   The data types for representing socket addresses in the Internet
namespace are defined in the header file `netinet/in.h'.  

 -- Data Type: struct sockaddr_in
     This is the data type used to represent socket addresses in the
     Internet namespace.  It has the following members:

    `sa_family_t sin_family'
          This identifies the address family or format of the socket
          address.  You should store the value `AF_INET' in this member.
          *Note Socket Addresses::.

    `struct in_addr sin_addr'
          This is the Internet address of the host machine.  *Note Host
          Addresses::, and *note Host Names::, for how to get a value
          to store here.

    `unsigned short int sin_port'
          This is the port number.  *Note Ports::.

   When you call `bind' or `getsockname', you should specify `sizeof
(struct sockaddr_in)' as the LENGTH parameter if you are using an IPv4
Internet namespace socket address.

 -- Data Type: struct sockaddr_in6
     This is the data type used to represent socket addresses in the
     IPv6 namespace.  It has the following members:

    `sa_family_t sin6_family'
          This identifies the address family or format of the socket
          address.  You should store the value of `AF_INET6' in this
          member.  *Note Socket Addresses::.

    `struct in6_addr sin6_addr'
          This is the IPv6 address of the host machine.  *Note Host
          Addresses::, and *note Host Names::, for how to get a value
          to store here.

    `uint32_t sin6_flowinfo'
          This is a currently unimplemented field.

    `uint16_t sin6_port'
          This is the port number.  *Note Ports::.



File: libc.info,  Node: Host Addresses,  Next: Ports,  Prev: Internet Address Formats,  Up: Internet Namespace

16.6.2 Host Addresses
---------------------

Each computer on the Internet has one or more "Internet addresses",
numbers which identify that computer among all those on the Internet.
Users typically write IPv4 numeric host addresses as sequences of four
numbers, separated by periods, as in `128.52.46.32', and IPv6 numeric
host addresses as sequences of up to eight numbers separated by colons,
as in `5f03:1200:836f:c100::1'.

   Each computer also has one or more "host names", which are strings
of words separated by periods, as in `www.gnu.org'.

   Programs that let the user specify a host typically accept both
numeric addresses and host names.  To open a connection a program needs
a numeric address, and so must convert a host name to the numeric
address it stands for.

* Menu:

* Abstract Host Addresses::	What a host number consists of.
* Data type: Host Address Data Type.	Data type for a host number.
* Functions: Host Address Functions.	Functions to operate on them.
* Names: Host Names.		Translating host names to host numbers.


File: libc.info,  Node: Abstract Host Addresses,  Next: Host Address Data Type,  Up: Host Addresses

16.6.2.1 Internet Host Addresses
................................

Each computer on the Internet has one or more Internet addresses,
numbers which identify that computer among all those on the Internet.

An IPv4 Internet host address is a number containing four bytes of data.
Historically these are divided into two parts, a "network number" and a
"local network address number" within that network.  In the mid-1990s
classless addresses were introduced which changed this behavior.  Since
some functions implicitly expect the old definitions, we first describe
the class-based network and will then describe classless addresses.
IPv6 uses only classless addresses and therefore the following
paragraphs don't apply.

   The class-based IPv4 network number consists of the first one, two or
three bytes; the rest of the bytes are the local address.

   IPv4 network numbers are registered with the Network Information
Center (NIC), and are divided into three classes--A, B and C.  The local
network address numbers of individual machines are registered with the
administrator of the particular network.

   Class A networks have single-byte numbers in the range 0 to 127.
There are only a small number of Class A networks, but they can each
support a very large number of hosts.  Medium-sized Class B networks
have two-byte network numbers, with the first byte in the range 128 to
191.  Class C networks are the smallest; they have three-byte network
numbers, with the first byte in the range 192-255.  Thus, the first 1,
2, or 3 bytes of an Internet address specify a network.  The remaining
bytes of the Internet address specify the address within that network.

   The Class A network 0 is reserved for broadcast to all networks.  In
addition, the host number 0 within each network is reserved for
broadcast to all hosts in that network.  These uses are obsolete now
but for compatibility reasons you shouldn't use network 0 and host
number 0.

   The Class A network 127 is reserved for loopback; you can always use
the Internet address `127.0.0.1' to refer to the host machine.

   Since a single machine can be a member of multiple networks, it can
have multiple Internet host addresses.  However, there is never
supposed to be more than one machine with the same host address.

   There are four forms of the "standard numbers-and-dots notation" for
Internet addresses:

`A.B.C.D'
     This specifies all four bytes of the address individually and is
     the commonly used representation.

`A.B.C'
     The last part of the address, C, is interpreted as a 2-byte
     quantity.  This is useful for specifying host addresses in a Class
     B network with network address number `A.B'.

`A.B'
     The last part of the address, B, is interpreted as a 3-byte
     quantity.  This is useful for specifying host addresses in a Class
     A network with network address number A.

`A'
     If only one part is given, this corresponds directly to the host
     address number.

   Within each part of the address, the usual C conventions for
specifying the radix apply.  In other words, a leading `0x' or `0X'
implies hexadecimal radix; a leading `0' implies octal; and otherwise
decimal radix is assumed.

Classless Addresses
...................

IPv4 addresses (and IPv6 addresses also) are now considered classless;
the distinction between classes A, B and C can be ignored.  Instead an
IPv4 host address consists of a 32-bit address and a 32-bit mask.  The
mask contains set bits for the network part and cleared bits for the
host part.  The network part is contiguous from the left, with the
remaining bits representing the host.  As a consequence, the netmask can
simply be specified as the number of set bits.  Classes A, B and C are
just special cases of this general rule.  For example, class A addresses
have a netmask of `255.0.0.0' or a prefix length of 8.

   Classless IPv4 network addresses are written in numbers-and-dots
notation with the prefix length appended and a slash as separator.  For
example the class A network 10 is written as `10.0.0.0/8'.

IPv6 Addresses
..............

IPv6 addresses contain 128 bits (IPv4 has 32 bits) of data.  A host
address is usually written as eight 16-bit hexadecimal numbers that are
separated by colons.  Two colons are used to abbreviate strings of
consecutive zeros.  For example, the IPv6 loopback address
`0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1' can just be written as `::1'.


File: libc.info,  Node: Host Address Data Type,  Next: Host Address Functions,  Prev: Abstract Host Addresses,  Up: Host Addresses

16.6.2.2 Host Address Data Type
...............................

IPv4 Internet host addresses are represented in some contexts as
integers (type `uint32_t').  In other contexts, the integer is packaged
inside a structure of type `struct in_addr'.  It would be better if the
usage were made consistent, but it is not hard to extract the integer
from the structure or put the integer into a structure.

   You will find older code that uses `unsigned long int' for IPv4
Internet host addresses instead of `uint32_t' or `struct in_addr'.
Historically `unsigned long int' was a 32-bit number but with 64-bit
machines this has changed.  Using `unsigned long int' might break the
code if it is used on machines where this type doesn't have 32 bits.
`uint32_t' is specified by Unix98 and guaranteed to have 32 bits.

   IPv6 Internet host addresses have 128 bits and are packaged inside a
structure of type `struct in6_addr'.

   The following basic definitions for Internet addresses are declared
in the header file `netinet/in.h': 

 -- Data Type: struct in_addr
     This data type is used in certain contexts to contain an IPv4
     Internet host address.  It has just one field, named `s_addr',
     which records the host address number as an `uint32_t'.

 -- Macro: uint32_t INADDR_LOOPBACK
     You can use this constant to stand for "the address of this
     machine," instead of finding its actual address.  It is the IPv4
     Internet address `127.0.0.1', which is usually called `localhost'.
     This special constant saves you the trouble of looking up the
     address of your own machine.  Also, the system usually implements
     `INADDR_LOOPBACK' specially, avoiding any network traffic for the
     case of one machine talking to itself.

 -- Macro: uint32_t INADDR_ANY
     You can use this constant to stand for "any incoming address" when
     binding to an address.  *Note Setting Address::.  This is the usual
     address to give in the `sin_addr' member of `struct sockaddr_in'
     when you want to accept Internet connections.

 -- Macro: uint32_t INADDR_BROADCAST
     This constant is the address you use to send a broadcast message.

 -- Macro: uint32_t INADDR_NONE
     This constant is returned by some functions to indicate an error.

 -- Data Type: struct in6_addr
     This data type is used to store an IPv6 address.  It stores 128
     bits of data, which can be accessed (via a union) in a variety of
     ways.

 -- Constant: struct in6_addr in6addr_loopback
     This constant is the IPv6 address `::1', the loopback address.  See
     above for a description of what this means.  The macro
     `IN6ADDR_LOOPBACK_INIT' is provided to allow you to initialize your
     own variables to this value.

 -- Constant: struct in6_addr in6addr_any
     This constant is the IPv6 address `::', the unspecified address.
     See above for a description of what this means.  The macro
     `IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT' is provided to allow you to initialize your own
     variables to this value.


File: libc.info,  Node: Host Address Functions,  Next: Host Names,  Prev: Host Address Data Type,  Up: Host Addresses

16.6.2.3 Host Address Functions
...............................

These additional functions for manipulating Internet addresses are
declared in the header file `arpa/inet.h'.  They represent Internet
addresses in network byte order, and network numbers and
local-address-within-network numbers in host byte order.  *Note Byte
Order::, for an explanation of network and host byte order.

 -- Function: int inet_aton (const char *NAME, struct in_addr *ADDR)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe locale | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     This function converts the IPv4 Internet host address NAME from
     the standard numbers-and-dots notation into binary data and stores
     it in the `struct in_addr' that ADDR points to.  `inet_aton'
     returns nonzero if the address is valid, zero if not.

 -- Function: uint32_t inet_addr (const char *NAME)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe locale | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     This function converts the IPv4 Internet host address NAME from the
     standard numbers-and-dots notation into binary data.  If the input
     is not valid, `inet_addr' returns `INADDR_NONE'.  This is an
     obsolete interface to `inet_aton', described immediately above. It
     is obsolete because `INADDR_NONE' is a valid address
     (255.255.255.255), and `inet_aton' provides a cleaner way to
     indicate error return.

 -- Function: uint32_t inet_network (const char *NAME)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe locale | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     This function extracts the network number from the address NAME,
     given in the standard numbers-and-dots notation. The returned
     address is in host order. If the input is not valid,
     `inet_network' returns `-1'.

     The function works only with traditional IPv4 class A, B and C
     network types.  It doesn't work with classless addresses and
     shouldn't be used anymore.

 -- Function: char * inet_ntoa (struct in_addr ADDR)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe locale | AS-Unsafe race | AC-Safe | *Note
     POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function converts the IPv4 Internet host address ADDR to a
     string in the standard numbers-and-dots notation.  The return
     value is a pointer into a statically-allocated buffer.  Subsequent
     calls will overwrite the same buffer, so you should copy the
     string if you need to save it.

     In multi-threaded programs each thread has an own
     statically-allocated buffer.  But still subsequent calls of
     `inet_ntoa' in the same thread will overwrite the result of the
     last call.

     Instead of `inet_ntoa' the newer function `inet_ntop' which is
     described below should be used since it handles both IPv4 and IPv6
     addresses.

 -- Function: struct in_addr inet_makeaddr (uint32_t NET, uint32_t
          LOCAL)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function makes an IPv4 Internet host address by combining the
     network number NET with the local-address-within-network number
     LOCAL.

 -- Function: uint32_t inet_lnaof (struct in_addr ADDR)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function returns the local-address-within-network part of the
     Internet host address ADDR.

     The function works only with traditional IPv4 class A, B and C
     network types.  It doesn't work with classless addresses and
     shouldn't be used anymore.

 -- Function: uint32_t inet_netof (struct in_addr ADDR)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function returns the network number part of the Internet host
     address ADDR.

     The function works only with traditional IPv4 class A, B and C
     network types.  It doesn't work with classless addresses and
     shouldn't be used anymore.

 -- Function: int inet_pton (int AF, const char *CP, void *BUF)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe locale | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     This function converts an Internet address (either IPv4 or IPv6)
     from presentation (textual) to network (binary) format.  AF should
     be either `AF_INET' or `AF_INET6', as appropriate for the type of
     address being converted.  CP is a pointer to the input string, and
     BUF is a pointer to a buffer for the result.  It is the caller's
     responsibility to make sure the buffer is large enough.

 -- Function: const char * inet_ntop (int AF, const void *CP, char
          *BUF, socklen_t LEN)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe locale | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     This function converts an Internet address (either IPv4 or IPv6)
     from network (binary) to presentation (textual) form.  AF should be
     either `AF_INET' or `AF_INET6', as appropriate.  CP is a pointer
     to the address to be converted.  BUF should be a pointer to a
     buffer to hold the result, and LEN is the length of this buffer.
     The return value from the function will be this buffer address.


File: libc.info,  Node: Host Names,  Prev: Host Address Functions,  Up: Host Addresses

16.6.2.4 Host Names
...................

Besides the standard numbers-and-dots notation for Internet addresses,
you can also refer to a host by a symbolic name.  The advantage of a
symbolic name is that it is usually easier to remember.  For example,
the machine with Internet address `158.121.106.19' is also known as
`alpha.gnu.org'; and other machines in the `gnu.org' domain can refer
to it simply as `alpha'.

   Internally, the system uses a database to keep track of the mapping
between host names and host numbers.  This database is usually either
the file `/etc/hosts' or an equivalent provided by a name server.  The
functions and other symbols for accessing this database are declared in
`netdb.h'.  They are BSD features, defined unconditionally if you
include `netdb.h'.

 -- Data Type: struct hostent
     This data type is used to represent an entry in the hosts
     database.  It has the following members:

    `char *h_name'
          This is the "official" name of the host.

    `char **h_aliases'
          These are alternative names for the host, represented as a
          null-terminated vector of strings.

    `int h_addrtype'
          This is the host address type; in practice, its value is
          always either `AF_INET' or `AF_INET6', with the latter being
          used for IPv6 hosts.  In principle other kinds of addresses
          could be represented in the database as well as Internet
          addresses; if this were done, you might find a value in this
          field other than `AF_INET' or `AF_INET6'.  *Note Socket
          Addresses::.

    `int h_length'
          This is the length, in bytes, of each address.

    `char **h_addr_list'
          This is the vector of addresses for the host.  (Recall that
          the host might be connected to multiple networks and have
          different addresses on each one.)  The vector is terminated
          by a null pointer.

    `char *h_addr'
          This is a synonym for `h_addr_list[0]'; in other words, it is
          the first host address.

   As far as the host database is concerned, each address is just a
block of memory `h_length' bytes long.  But in other contexts there is
an implicit assumption that you can convert IPv4 addresses to a `struct
in_addr' or an `uint32_t'.  Host addresses in a `struct hostent'
structure are always given in network byte order; see *note Byte
Order::.

   You can use `gethostbyname', `gethostbyname2' or `gethostbyaddr' to
search the hosts database for information about a particular host.  The
information is returned in a statically-allocated structure; you must
copy the information if you need to save it across calls.  You can also
use `getaddrinfo' and `getnameinfo' to obtain this information.

 -- Function: struct hostent * gethostbyname (const char *NAME)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:hostbyname env locale | AS-Unsafe
     dlopen plugin corrupt heap lock | AC-Unsafe lock corrupt mem fd |
     *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `gethostbyname' function returns information about the host
     named NAME.  If the lookup fails, it returns a null pointer.

 -- Function: struct hostent * gethostbyname2 (const char *NAME, int AF)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:hostbyname2 env locale | AS-Unsafe
     dlopen plugin corrupt heap lock | AC-Unsafe lock corrupt mem fd |
     *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `gethostbyname2' function is like `gethostbyname', but allows
     the caller to specify the desired address family (e.g.  `AF_INET'
     or `AF_INET6') of the result.

 -- Function: struct hostent * gethostbyaddr (const void *ADDR,
          socklen_t LENGTH, int FORMAT)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:hostbyaddr env locale | AS-Unsafe
     dlopen plugin corrupt heap lock | AC-Unsafe lock corrupt mem fd |
     *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `gethostbyaddr' function returns information about the host
     with Internet address ADDR.  The parameter ADDR is not really a
     pointer to char - it can be a pointer to an IPv4 or an IPv6
     address. The LENGTH argument is the size (in bytes) of the address
     at ADDR.  FORMAT specifies the address format; for an IPv4
     Internet address, specify a value of `AF_INET'; for an IPv6
     Internet address, use `AF_INET6'.

     If the lookup fails, `gethostbyaddr' returns a null pointer.

   If the name lookup by `gethostbyname' or `gethostbyaddr' fails, you
can find out the reason by looking at the value of the variable
`h_errno'.  (It would be cleaner design for these functions to set
`errno', but use of `h_errno' is compatible with other systems.)

   Here are the error codes that you may find in `h_errno':

`HOST_NOT_FOUND'
     No such host is known in the database.

`TRY_AGAIN'
     This condition happens when the name server could not be
     contacted.  If you try again later, you may succeed then.

`NO_RECOVERY'
     A non-recoverable error occurred.

`NO_ADDRESS'
     The host database contains an entry for the name, but it doesn't
     have an associated Internet address.

   The lookup functions above all have one in common: they are not
reentrant and therefore unusable in multi-threaded applications.
Therefore provides the GNU C Library a new set of functions which can be
used in this context.

 -- Function: int gethostbyname_r (const char *restrict NAME, struct
          hostent *restrict RESULT_BUF, char *restrict BUF, size_t
          BUFLEN, struct hostent **restrict RESULT, int *restrict
          H_ERRNOP)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe env locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen plugin
     corrupt heap lock | AC-Unsafe lock corrupt mem fd | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     The `gethostbyname_r' function returns information about the host
     named NAME.  The caller must pass a pointer to an object of type
     `struct hostent' in the RESULT_BUF parameter.  In addition the
     function may need extra buffer space and the caller must pass an
     pointer and the size of the buffer in the BUF and BUFLEN
     parameters.

     A pointer to the buffer, in which the result is stored, is
     available in `*RESULT' after the function call successfully
     returned. The buffer passed as the BUF parameter can be freed only
     once the caller has finished with the result hostent struct, or
     has copied it including all the other memory that it points to. If
     an error occurs or if no entry is found, the pointer `*RESULT' is
     a null pointer. Success is signalled by a zero return value.  If
     the function failed the return value is an error number.  In
     addition to the errors defined for `gethostbyname' it can also be
     `ERANGE'. In this case the call should be repeated with a larger
     buffer. Additional error information is not stored in the global
     variable `h_errno' but instead in the object pointed to by
     H_ERRNOP.

     Here's a small example:
          struct hostent *
          gethostname (char *host)
          {
            struct hostent *hostbuf, *hp;
            size_t hstbuflen;
            char *tmphstbuf;
            int res;
            int herr;

            hostbuf = malloc (sizeof (struct hostent));
            hstbuflen = 1024;
            tmphstbuf = malloc (hstbuflen);

            while ((res = gethostbyname_r (host, hostbuf, tmphstbuf, hstbuflen,
                                           &hp, &herr)) == ERANGE)
              {
                /* Enlarge the buffer.  */
                hstbuflen *= 2;
                tmphstbuf = realloc (tmphstbuf, hstbuflen);
              }

            free (tmphstbuf);
            /*  Check for errors.  */
            if (res || hp == NULL)
              return NULL;
            return hp;
          }

 -- Function: int gethostbyname2_r (const char *NAME, int AF, struct
          hostent *restrict RESULT_BUF, char *restrict BUF, size_t
          BUFLEN, struct hostent **restrict RESULT, int *restrict
          H_ERRNOP)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe env locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen plugin
     corrupt heap lock | AC-Unsafe lock corrupt mem fd | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     The `gethostbyname2_r' function is like `gethostbyname_r', but
     allows the caller to specify the desired address family (e.g.
     `AF_INET' or `AF_INET6') for the result.

 -- Function: int gethostbyaddr_r (const void *ADDR, socklen_t LENGTH,
          int FORMAT, struct hostent *restrict RESULT_BUF, char
          *restrict BUF, size_t BUFLEN, struct hostent **restrict
          RESULT, int *restrict H_ERRNOP)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe env locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen plugin
     corrupt heap lock | AC-Unsafe lock corrupt mem fd | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     The `gethostbyaddr_r' function returns information about the host
     with Internet address ADDR.  The parameter ADDR is not really a
     pointer to char - it can be a pointer to an IPv4 or an IPv6
     address. The LENGTH argument is the size (in bytes) of the address
     at ADDR.  FORMAT specifies the address format; for an IPv4
     Internet address, specify a value of `AF_INET'; for an IPv6
     Internet address, use `AF_INET6'.

     Similar to the `gethostbyname_r' function, the caller must provide
     buffers for the result and memory used internally.  In case of
     success the function returns zero.  Otherwise the value is an
     error number where `ERANGE' has the special meaning that the
     caller-provided buffer is too small.

   You can also scan the entire hosts database one entry at a time using
`sethostent', `gethostent' and `endhostent'.  Be careful when using
these functions because they are not reentrant.

 -- Function: void sethostent (int STAYOPEN)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:hostent env locale | AS-Unsafe
     dlopen plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note
     POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function opens the hosts database to begin scanning it.  You
     can then call `gethostent' to read the entries.

     If the STAYOPEN argument is nonzero, this sets a flag so that
     subsequent calls to `gethostbyname' or `gethostbyaddr' will not
     close the database (as they usually would).  This makes for more
     efficiency if you call those functions several times, by avoiding
     reopening the database for each call.

 -- Function: struct hostent * gethostent (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:hostent race:hostentbuf env locale |
     AS-Unsafe dlopen plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem
     | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function returns the next entry in the hosts database.  It
     returns a null pointer if there are no more entries.

 -- Function: void endhostent (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:hostent env locale | AS-Unsafe
     dlopen plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note
     POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function closes the hosts database.


File: libc.info,  Node: Ports,  Next: Services Database,  Prev: Host Addresses,  Up: Internet Namespace

16.6.3 Internet Ports
---------------------

A socket address in the Internet namespace consists of a machine's
Internet address plus a "port number" which distinguishes the sockets
on a given machine (for a given protocol).  Port numbers range from 0
to 65,535.

   Port numbers less than `IPPORT_RESERVED' are reserved for standard
servers, such as `finger' and `telnet'.  There is a database that keeps
track of these, and you can use the `getservbyname' function to map a
service name onto a port number; see *note Services Database::.

   If you write a server that is not one of the standard ones defined in
the database, you must choose a port number for it.  Use a number
greater than `IPPORT_USERRESERVED'; such numbers are reserved for
servers and won't ever be generated automatically by the system.
Avoiding conflicts with servers being run by other users is up to you.

   When you use a socket without specifying its address, the system
generates a port number for it.  This number is between
`IPPORT_RESERVED' and `IPPORT_USERRESERVED'.

   On the Internet, it is actually legitimate to have two different
sockets with the same port number, as long as they never both try to
communicate with the same socket address (host address plus port
number).  You shouldn't duplicate a port number except in special
circumstances where a higher-level protocol requires it.  Normally, the
system won't let you do it; `bind' normally insists on distinct port
numbers.  To reuse a port number, you must set the socket option
`SO_REUSEADDR'.  *Note Socket-Level Options::.

   These macros are defined in the header file `netinet/in.h'.

 -- Macro: int IPPORT_RESERVED
     Port numbers less than `IPPORT_RESERVED' are reserved for
     superuser use.

 -- Macro: int IPPORT_USERRESERVED
     Port numbers greater than or equal to `IPPORT_USERRESERVED' are
     reserved for explicit use; they will never be allocated
     automatically.


File: libc.info,  Node: Services Database,  Next: Byte Order,  Prev: Ports,  Up: Internet Namespace

16.6.4 The Services Database
----------------------------

The database that keeps track of "well-known" services is usually
either the file `/etc/services' or an equivalent from a name server.
You can use these utilities, declared in `netdb.h', to access the
services database.  

 -- Data Type: struct servent
     This data type holds information about entries from the services
     database.  It has the following members:

    `char *s_name'
          This is the "official" name of the service.

    `char **s_aliases'
          These are alternate names for the service, represented as an
          array of strings.  A null pointer terminates the array.

    `int s_port'
          This is the port number for the service.  Port numbers are
          given in network byte order; see *note Byte Order::.

    `char *s_proto'
          This is the name of the protocol to use with this service.
          *Note Protocols Database::.

   To get information about a particular service, use the
`getservbyname' or `getservbyport' functions.  The information is
returned in a statically-allocated structure; you must copy the
information if you need to save it across calls.

 -- Function: struct servent * getservbyname (const char *NAME, const
          char *PROTO)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:servbyname locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen
     plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     The `getservbyname' function returns information about the service
     named NAME using protocol PROTO.  If it can't find such a service,
     it returns a null pointer.

     This function is useful for servers as well as for clients; servers
     use it to determine which port they should listen on (*note
     Listening::).

 -- Function: struct servent * getservbyport (int PORT, const char
          *PROTO)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:servbyport locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen
     plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     The `getservbyport' function returns information about the service
     at port PORT using protocol PROTO.  If it can't find such a
     service, it returns a null pointer.

You can also scan the services database using `setservent',
`getservent' and `endservent'.  Be careful when using these functions
because they are not reentrant.

 -- Function: void setservent (int STAYOPEN)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:servent locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen
     plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     This function opens the services database to begin scanning it.

     If the STAYOPEN argument is nonzero, this sets a flag so that
     subsequent calls to `getservbyname' or `getservbyport' will not
     close the database (as they usually would).  This makes for more
     efficiency if you call those functions several times, by avoiding
     reopening the database for each call.

 -- Function: struct servent * getservent (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:servent race:serventbuf locale |
     AS-Unsafe dlopen plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem
     | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function returns the next entry in the services database.  If
     there are no more entries, it returns a null pointer.

 -- Function: void endservent (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:servent locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen
     plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     This function closes the services database.


File: libc.info,  Node: Byte Order,  Next: Protocols Database,  Prev: Services Database,  Up: Internet Namespace

16.6.5 Byte Order Conversion
----------------------------

Different kinds of computers use different conventions for the ordering
of bytes within a word.  Some computers put the most significant byte
within a word first (this is called "big-endian" order), and others put
it last ("little-endian" order).

   So that machines with different byte order conventions can
communicate, the Internet protocols specify a canonical byte order
convention for data transmitted over the network.  This is known as
"network byte order".

   When establishing an Internet socket connection, you must make sure
that the data in the `sin_port' and `sin_addr' members of the
`sockaddr_in' structure are represented in network byte order.  If you
are encoding integer data in the messages sent through the socket, you
should convert this to network byte order too.  If you don't do this,
your program may fail when running on or talking to other kinds of
machines.

   If you use `getservbyname' and `gethostbyname' or `inet_addr' to get
the port number and host address, the values are already in network
byte order, and you can copy them directly into the `sockaddr_in'
structure.

   Otherwise, you have to convert the values explicitly.  Use `htons'
and `ntohs' to convert values for the `sin_port' member.  Use `htonl'
and `ntohl' to convert IPv4 addresses for the `sin_addr' member.
(Remember, `struct in_addr' is equivalent to `uint32_t'.)  These
functions are declared in `netinet/in.h'.  

 -- Function: uint16_t htons (uint16_t HOSTSHORT)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function converts the `uint16_t' integer HOSTSHORT from host
     byte order to network byte order.

 -- Function: uint16_t ntohs (uint16_t NETSHORT)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function converts the `uint16_t' integer NETSHORT from
     network byte order to host byte order.

 -- Function: uint32_t htonl (uint32_t HOSTLONG)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function converts the `uint32_t' integer HOSTLONG from host
     byte order to network byte order.

     This is used for IPv4 Internet addresses.

 -- Function: uint32_t ntohl (uint32_t NETLONG)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function converts the `uint32_t' integer NETLONG from network
     byte order to host byte order.

     This is used for IPv4 Internet addresses.


File: libc.info,  Node: Protocols Database,  Next: Inet Example,  Prev: Byte Order,  Up: Internet Namespace

16.6.6 Protocols Database
-------------------------

The communications protocol used with a socket controls low-level
details of how data are exchanged.  For example, the protocol implements
things like checksums to detect errors in transmissions, and routing
instructions for messages.  Normal user programs have little reason to
mess with these details directly.

   The default communications protocol for the Internet namespace
depends on the communication style.  For stream communication, the
default is TCP ("transmission control protocol").  For datagram
communication, the default is UDP ("user datagram protocol").  For
reliable datagram communication, the default is RDP ("reliable datagram
protocol").  You should nearly always use the default.

   Internet protocols are generally specified by a name instead of a
number.  The network protocols that a host knows about are stored in a
database.  This is usually either derived from the file
`/etc/protocols', or it may be an equivalent provided by a name server.
You look up the protocol number associated with a named protocol in the
database using the `getprotobyname' function.

   Here are detailed descriptions of the utilities for accessing the
protocols database.  These are declared in `netdb.h'.  

 -- Data Type: struct protoent
     This data type is used to represent entries in the network
     protocols database.  It has the following members:

    `char *p_name'
          This is the official name of the protocol.

    `char **p_aliases'
          These are alternate names for the protocol, specified as an
          array of strings.  The last element of the array is a null
          pointer.

    `int p_proto'
          This is the protocol number (in host byte order); use this
          member as the PROTOCOL argument to `socket'.

   You can use `getprotobyname' and `getprotobynumber' to search the
protocols database for a specific protocol.  The information is
returned in a statically-allocated structure; you must copy the
information if you need to save it across calls.

 -- Function: struct protoent * getprotobyname (const char *NAME)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:protobyname locale | AS-Unsafe
     dlopen plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note
     POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `getprotobyname' function returns information about the
     network protocol named NAME.  If there is no such protocol, it
     returns a null pointer.

 -- Function: struct protoent * getprotobynumber (int PROTOCOL)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:protobynumber locale | AS-Unsafe
     dlopen plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note
     POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `getprotobynumber' function returns information about the
     network protocol with number PROTOCOL.  If there is no such
     protocol, it returns a null pointer.

   You can also scan the whole protocols database one protocol at a
time by using `setprotoent', `getprotoent' and `endprotoent'.  Be
careful when using these functions because they are not reentrant.

 -- Function: void setprotoent (int STAYOPEN)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:protoent locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen
     plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     This function opens the protocols database to begin scanning it.

     If the STAYOPEN argument is nonzero, this sets a flag so that
     subsequent calls to `getprotobyname' or `getprotobynumber' will
     not close the database (as they usually would).  This makes for
     more efficiency if you call those functions several times, by
     avoiding reopening the database for each call.

 -- Function: struct protoent * getprotoent (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:protoent race:protoentbuf locale |
     AS-Unsafe dlopen plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem
     | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function returns the next entry in the protocols database.  It
     returns a null pointer if there are no more entries.

 -- Function: void endprotoent (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:protoent locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen
     plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     This function closes the protocols database.


File: libc.info,  Node: Inet Example,  Prev: Protocols Database,  Up: Internet Namespace

16.6.7 Internet Socket Example
------------------------------

Here is an example showing how to create and name a socket in the
Internet namespace.  The newly created socket exists on the machine that
the program is running on.  Rather than finding and using the machine's
Internet address, this example specifies `INADDR_ANY' as the host
address; the system replaces that with the machine's actual address.


     #include <stdio.h>
     #include <stdlib.h>
     #include <sys/socket.h>
     #include <netinet/in.h>

     int
     make_socket (uint16_t port)
     {
       int sock;
       struct sockaddr_in name;

       /* Create the socket. */
       sock = socket (PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
       if (sock < 0)
         {
           perror ("socket");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }

       /* Give the socket a name. */
       name.sin_family = AF_INET;
       name.sin_port = htons (port);
       name.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl (INADDR_ANY);
       if (bind (sock, (struct sockaddr *) &name, sizeof (name)) < 0)
         {
           perror ("bind");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }

       return sock;
     }

   Here is another example, showing how you can fill in a `sockaddr_in'
structure, given a host name string and a port number:


     #include <stdio.h>
     #include <stdlib.h>
     #include <sys/socket.h>
     #include <netinet/in.h>
     #include <netdb.h>

     void
     init_sockaddr (struct sockaddr_in *name,
                    const char *hostname,
                    uint16_t port)
     {
       struct hostent *hostinfo;

       name->sin_family = AF_INET;
       name->sin_port = htons (port);
       hostinfo = gethostbyname (hostname);
       if (hostinfo == NULL)
         {
           fprintf (stderr, "Unknown host %s.\n", hostname);
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }
       name->sin_addr = *(struct in_addr *) hostinfo->h_addr;
     }


File: libc.info,  Node: Misc Namespaces,  Next: Open/Close Sockets,  Prev: Internet Namespace,  Up: Sockets

16.7 Other Namespaces
=====================

Certain other namespaces and associated protocol families are supported
but not documented yet because they are not often used.  `PF_NS' refers
to the Xerox Network Software protocols.  `PF_ISO' stands for Open
Systems Interconnect.  `PF_CCITT' refers to protocols from CCITT.
`socket.h' defines these symbols and others naming protocols not
actually implemented.

   `PF_IMPLINK' is used for communicating between hosts and Internet
Message Processors.  For information on this and `PF_ROUTE', an
occasionally-used local area routing protocol, see the GNU Hurd Manual
(to appear in the future).


File: libc.info,  Node: Open/Close Sockets,  Next: Connections,  Prev: Misc Namespaces,  Up: Sockets

16.8 Opening and Closing Sockets
================================

This section describes the actual library functions for opening and
closing sockets.  The same functions work for all namespaces and
connection styles.

* Menu:

* Creating a Socket::           How to open a socket.
* Closing a Socket::            How to close a socket.
* Socket Pairs::                These are created like pipes.


File: libc.info,  Node: Creating a Socket,  Next: Closing a Socket,  Up: Open/Close Sockets

16.8.1 Creating a Socket
------------------------

The primitive for creating a socket is the `socket' function, declared
in `sys/socket.h'.  

 -- Function: int socket (int NAMESPACE, int STYLE, int PROTOCOL)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe fd | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function creates a socket and specifies communication style
     STYLE, which should be one of the socket styles listed in *note
     Communication Styles::.  The NAMESPACE argument specifies the
     namespace; it must be `PF_LOCAL' (*note Local Namespace::) or
     `PF_INET' (*note Internet Namespace::).  PROTOCOL designates the
     specific protocol (*note Socket Concepts::); zero is usually right
     for PROTOCOL.

     The return value from `socket' is the file descriptor for the new
     socket, or `-1' in case of error.  The following `errno' error
     conditions are defined for this function:

    `EPROTONOSUPPORT'
          The PROTOCOL or STYLE is not supported by the NAMESPACE
          specified.

    `EMFILE'
          The process already has too many file descriptors open.

    `ENFILE'
          The system already has too many file descriptors open.

    `EACCES'
          The process does not have the privilege to create a socket of
          the specified STYLE or PROTOCOL.

    `ENOBUFS'
          The system ran out of internal buffer space.

     The file descriptor returned by the `socket' function supports both
     read and write operations.  However, like pipes, sockets do not
     support file positioning operations.

   For examples of how to call the `socket' function, see *note Local
Socket Example::, or *note Inet Example::.


File: libc.info,  Node: Closing a Socket,  Next: Socket Pairs,  Prev: Creating a Socket,  Up: Open/Close Sockets

16.8.2 Closing a Socket
-----------------------

When you have finished using a socket, you can simply close its file
descriptor with `close'; see *note Opening and Closing Files::.  If
there is still data waiting to be transmitted over the connection,
normally `close' tries to complete this transmission.  You can control
this behavior using the `SO_LINGER' socket option to specify a timeout
period; see *note Socket Options::.

   You can also shut down only reception or transmission on a
connection by calling `shutdown', which is declared in `sys/socket.h'.

 -- Function: int shutdown (int SOCKET, int HOW)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `shutdown' function shuts down the connection of socket
     SOCKET.  The argument HOW specifies what action to perform:

    `0'
          Stop receiving data for this socket.  If further data arrives,
          reject it.

    `1'
          Stop trying to transmit data from this socket.  Discard any
          data waiting to be sent.  Stop looking for acknowledgement of
          data already sent; don't retransmit it if it is lost.

    `2'
          Stop both reception and transmission.

     The return value is `0' on success and `-1' on failure.  The
     following `errno' error conditions are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          SOCKET is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTSOCK'
          SOCKET is not a socket.

    `ENOTCONN'
          SOCKET is not connected.


File: libc.info,  Node: Socket Pairs,  Prev: Closing a Socket,  Up: Open/Close Sockets

16.8.3 Socket Pairs
-------------------

A "socket pair" consists of a pair of connected (but unnamed) sockets.
It is very similar to a pipe and is used in much the same way.  Socket
pairs are created with the `socketpair' function, declared in
`sys/socket.h'.  A socket pair is much like a pipe; the main difference
is that the socket pair is bidirectional, whereas the pipe has one
input-only end and one output-only end (*note Pipes and FIFOs::).

 -- Function: int socketpair (int NAMESPACE, int STYLE, int PROTOCOL,
          int FILEDES[2])
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe fd | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function creates a socket pair, returning the file
     descriptors in `FILEDES[0]' and `FILEDES[1]'.  The socket pair is
     a full-duplex communications channel, so that both reading and
     writing may be performed at either end.

     The NAMESPACE, STYLE and PROTOCOL arguments are interpreted as for
     the `socket' function.  STYLE should be one of the communication
     styles listed in *note Communication Styles::.  The NAMESPACE
     argument specifies the namespace, which must be `AF_LOCAL' (*note
     Local Namespace::); PROTOCOL specifies the communications
     protocol, but zero is the only meaningful value.

     If STYLE specifies a connectionless communication style, then the
     two sockets you get are not _connected_, strictly speaking, but
     each of them knows the other as the default destination address,
     so they can send packets to each other.

     The `socketpair' function returns `0' on success and `-1' on
     failure.  The following `errno' error conditions are defined for
     this function:

    `EMFILE'
          The process has too many file descriptors open.

    `EAFNOSUPPORT'
          The specified namespace is not supported.

    `EPROTONOSUPPORT'
          The specified protocol is not supported.

    `EOPNOTSUPP'
          The specified protocol does not support the creation of
          socket pairs.


File: libc.info,  Node: Connections,  Next: Datagrams,  Prev: Open/Close Sockets,  Up: Sockets

16.9 Using Sockets with Connections
===================================

The most common communication styles involve making a connection to a
particular other socket, and then exchanging data with that socket over
and over.  Making a connection is asymmetric; one side (the "client")
acts to request a connection, while the other side (the "server") makes
a socket and waits for the connection request.

* Menu:

* Connecting::    	     What the client program must do.
* Listening::		     How a server program waits for requests.
* Accepting Connections::    What the server does when it gets a request.
* Who is Connected::	     Getting the address of the
				other side of a connection.
* Transferring Data::        How to send and receive data.
* Byte Stream Example::	     An example program: a client for communicating
			      over a byte stream socket in the Internet namespace.
* Server Example::	     A corresponding server program.
* Out-of-Band Data::         This is an advanced feature.


File: libc.info,  Node: Connecting,  Next: Listening,  Up: Connections

16.9.1 Making a Connection
--------------------------

In making a connection, the client makes a connection while the server
waits for and accepts the connection.  Here we discuss what the client
program must do with the `connect' function, which is declared in
`sys/socket.h'.

 -- Function: int connect (int SOCKET, struct sockaddr *ADDR, socklen_t
          LENGTH)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `connect' function initiates a connection from the socket with
     file descriptor SOCKET to the socket whose address is specified by
     the ADDR and LENGTH arguments.  (This socket is typically on
     another machine, and it must be already set up as a server.)
     *Note Socket Addresses::, for information about how these
     arguments are interpreted.

     Normally, `connect' waits until the server responds to the request
     before it returns.  You can set nonblocking mode on the socket
     SOCKET to make `connect' return immediately without waiting for
     the response.  *Note File Status Flags::, for information about
     nonblocking mode.

     The normal return value from `connect' is `0'.  If an error
     occurs, `connect' returns `-1'.  The following `errno' error
     conditions are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The socket SOCKET is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTSOCK'
          File descriptor SOCKET is not a socket.

    `EADDRNOTAVAIL'
          The specified address is not available on the remote machine.

    `EAFNOSUPPORT'
          The namespace of the ADDR is not supported by this socket.

    `EISCONN'
          The socket SOCKET is already connected.

    `ETIMEDOUT'
          The attempt to establish the connection timed out.

    `ECONNREFUSED'
          The server has actively refused to establish the connection.

    `ENETUNREACH'
          The network of the given ADDR isn't reachable from this host.

    `EADDRINUSE'
          The socket address of the given ADDR is already in use.

    `EINPROGRESS'
          The socket SOCKET is non-blocking and the connection could
          not be established immediately.  You can determine when the
          connection is completely established with `select'; *note
          Waiting for I/O::.  Another `connect' call on the same
          socket, before the connection is completely established, will
          fail with `EALREADY'.

    `EALREADY'
          The socket SOCKET is non-blocking and already has a pending
          connection in progress (see `EINPROGRESS' above).

     This function is defined as a cancellation point in multi-threaded
     programs, so one has to be prepared for this and make sure that
     allocated resources (like memory, files descriptors, semaphores or
     whatever) are freed even if the thread is canceled.


File: libc.info,  Node: Listening,  Next: Accepting Connections,  Prev: Connecting,  Up: Connections

16.9.2 Listening for Connections
--------------------------------

Now let us consider what the server process must do to accept
connections on a socket.  First it must use the `listen' function to
enable connection requests on the socket, and then accept each incoming
connection with a call to `accept' (*note Accepting Connections::).
Once connection requests are enabled on a server socket, the `select'
function reports when the socket has a connection ready to be accepted
(*note Waiting for I/O::).

   The `listen' function is not allowed for sockets using
connectionless communication styles.

   You can write a network server that does not even start running
until a connection to it is requested.  *Note Inetd Servers::.

   In the Internet namespace, there are no special protection mechanisms
for controlling access to a port; any process on any machine can make a
connection to your server.  If you want to restrict access to your
server, make it examine the addresses associated with connection
requests or implement some other handshaking or identification protocol.

   In the local namespace, the ordinary file protection bits control
who has access to connect to the socket.

 -- Function: int listen (int SOCKET, int N)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe fd | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `listen' function enables the socket SOCKET to accept
     connections, thus making it a server socket.

     The argument N specifies the length of the queue for pending
     connections.  When the queue fills, new clients attempting to
     connect fail with `ECONNREFUSED' until the server calls `accept' to
     accept a connection from the queue.

     The `listen' function returns `0' on success and `-1' on failure.
     The following `errno' error conditions are defined for this
     function:

    `EBADF'
          The argument SOCKET is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTSOCK'
          The argument SOCKET is not a socket.

    `EOPNOTSUPP'
          The socket SOCKET does not support this operation.


File: libc.info,  Node: Accepting Connections,  Next: Who is Connected,  Prev: Listening,  Up: Connections

16.9.3 Accepting Connections
----------------------------

When a server receives a connection request, it can complete the
connection by accepting the request.  Use the function `accept' to do
this.

   A socket that has been established as a server can accept connection
requests from multiple clients.  The server's original socket _does not
become part of the connection_; instead, `accept' makes a new socket
which participates in the connection.  `accept' returns the descriptor
for this socket.  The server's original socket remains available for
listening for further connection requests.

   The number of pending connection requests on a server socket is
finite.  If connection requests arrive from clients faster than the
server can act upon them, the queue can fill up and additional requests
are refused with an `ECONNREFUSED' error.  You can specify the maximum
length of this queue as an argument to the `listen' function, although
the system may also impose its own internal limit on the length of this
queue.

 -- Function: int accept (int SOCKET, struct sockaddr *ADDR, socklen_t
          *LENGTH_PTR)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe fd | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function is used to accept a connection request on the server
     socket SOCKET.

     The `accept' function waits if there are no connections pending,
     unless the socket SOCKET has nonblocking mode set.  (You can use
     `select' to wait for a pending connection, with a nonblocking
     socket.)  *Note File Status Flags::, for information about
     nonblocking mode.

     The ADDR and LENGTH-PTR arguments are used to return information
     about the name of the client socket that initiated the connection.
     *Note Socket Addresses::, for information about the format of the
     information.

     Accepting a connection does not make SOCKET part of the
     connection.  Instead, it creates a new socket which becomes
     connected.  The normal return value of `accept' is the file
     descriptor for the new socket.

     After `accept', the original socket SOCKET remains open and
     unconnected, and continues listening until you close it.  You can
     accept further connections with SOCKET by calling `accept' again.

     If an error occurs, `accept' returns `-1'.  The following `errno'
     error conditions are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The SOCKET argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTSOCK'
          The descriptor SOCKET argument is not a socket.

    `EOPNOTSUPP'
          The descriptor SOCKET does not support this operation.

    `EWOULDBLOCK'
          SOCKET has nonblocking mode set, and there are no pending
          connections immediately available.

     This function is defined as a cancellation point in multi-threaded
     programs, so one has to be prepared for this and make sure that
     allocated resources (like memory, files descriptors, semaphores or
     whatever) are freed even if the thread is canceled.

   The `accept' function is not allowed for sockets using
connectionless communication styles.


File: libc.info,  Node: Who is Connected,  Next: Transferring Data,  Prev: Accepting Connections,  Up: Connections

16.9.4 Who is Connected to Me?
------------------------------

 -- Function: int getpeername (int SOCKET, struct sockaddr *ADDR,
          socklen_t *LENGTH-PTR)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `getpeername' function returns the address of the socket that
     SOCKET is connected to; it stores the address in the memory space
     specified by ADDR and LENGTH-PTR.  It stores the length of the
     address in `*LENGTH-PTR'.

     *Note Socket Addresses::, for information about the format of the
     address.  In some operating systems, `getpeername' works only for
     sockets in the Internet domain.

     The return value is `0' on success and `-1' on error.  The
     following `errno' error conditions are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The argument SOCKET is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTSOCK'
          The descriptor SOCKET is not a socket.

    `ENOTCONN'
          The socket SOCKET is not connected.

    `ENOBUFS'
          There are not enough internal buffers available.


File: libc.info,  Node: Transferring Data,  Next: Byte Stream Example,  Prev: Who is Connected,  Up: Connections

16.9.5 Transferring Data
------------------------

Once a socket has been connected to a peer, you can use the ordinary
`read' and `write' operations (*note I/O Primitives::) to transfer
data.  A socket is a two-way communications channel, so read and write
operations can be performed at either end.

   There are also some I/O modes that are specific to socket operations.
In order to specify these modes, you must use the `recv' and `send'
functions instead of the more generic `read' and `write' functions.
The `recv' and `send' functions take an additional argument which you
can use to specify various flags to control special I/O modes.  For
example, you can specify the `MSG_OOB' flag to read or write
out-of-band data, the `MSG_PEEK' flag to peek at input, or the
`MSG_DONTROUTE' flag to control inclusion of routing information on
output.

* Menu:

* Sending Data::		Sending data with `send'.
* Receiving Data::		Reading data with `recv'.
* Socket Data Options::		Using `send' and `recv'.


File: libc.info,  Node: Sending Data,  Next: Receiving Data,  Up: Transferring Data

16.9.5.1 Sending Data
.....................

The `send' function is declared in the header file `sys/socket.h'.  If
your FLAGS argument is zero, you can just as well use `write' instead
of `send'; see *note I/O Primitives::.  If the socket was connected but
the connection has broken, you get a `SIGPIPE' signal for any use of
`send' or `write' (*note Miscellaneous Signals::).

 -- Function: ssize_t send (int SOCKET, const void *BUFFER, size_t
          SIZE, int FLAGS)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `send' function is like `write', but with the additional flags
     FLAGS.  The possible values of FLAGS are described in *note Socket
     Data Options::.

     This function returns the number of bytes transmitted, or `-1' on
     failure.  If the socket is nonblocking, then `send' (like `write')
     can return after sending just part of the data.  *Note File Status
     Flags::, for information about nonblocking mode.

     Note, however, that a successful return value merely indicates that
     the message has been sent without error, not necessarily that it
     has been received without error.

     The following `errno' error conditions are defined for this
     function:

    `EBADF'
          The SOCKET argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `EINTR'
          The operation was interrupted by a signal before any data was
          sent.  *Note Interrupted Primitives::.

    `ENOTSOCK'
          The descriptor SOCKET is not a socket.

    `EMSGSIZE'
          The socket type requires that the message be sent atomically,
          but the message is too large for this to be possible.

    `EWOULDBLOCK'
          Nonblocking mode has been set on the socket, and the write
          operation would block.  (Normally `send' blocks until the
          operation can be completed.)

    `ENOBUFS'
          There is not enough internal buffer space available.

    `ENOTCONN'
          You never connected this socket.

    `EPIPE'
          This socket was connected but the connection is now broken.
          In this case, `send' generates a `SIGPIPE' signal first; if
          that signal is ignored or blocked, or if its handler returns,
          then `send' fails with `EPIPE'.

     This function is defined as a cancellation point in multi-threaded
     programs, so one has to be prepared for this and make sure that
     allocated resources (like memory, files descriptors, semaphores or
     whatever) are freed even if the thread is canceled.


File: libc.info,  Node: Receiving Data,  Next: Socket Data Options,  Prev: Sending Data,  Up: Transferring Data

16.9.5.2 Receiving Data
.......................

The `recv' function is declared in the header file `sys/socket.h'.  If
your FLAGS argument is zero, you can just as well use `read' instead of
`recv'; see *note I/O Primitives::.

 -- Function: ssize_t recv (int SOCKET, void *BUFFER, size_t SIZE, int
          FLAGS)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `recv' function is like `read', but with the additional flags
     FLAGS.  The possible values of FLAGS are described in *note Socket
     Data Options::.

     If nonblocking mode is set for SOCKET, and no data are available to
     be read, `recv' fails immediately rather than waiting.  *Note File
     Status Flags::, for information about nonblocking mode.

     This function returns the number of bytes received, or `-1' on
     failure.  The following `errno' error conditions are defined for
     this function:

    `EBADF'
          The SOCKET argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTSOCK'
          The descriptor SOCKET is not a socket.

    `EWOULDBLOCK'
          Nonblocking mode has been set on the socket, and the read
          operation would block.  (Normally, `recv' blocks until there
          is input available to be read.)

    `EINTR'
          The operation was interrupted by a signal before any data was
          read.  *Note Interrupted Primitives::.

    `ENOTCONN'
          You never connected this socket.

     This function is defined as a cancellation point in multi-threaded
     programs, so one has to be prepared for this and make sure that
     allocated resources (like memory, files descriptors, semaphores or
     whatever) are freed even if the thread is canceled.


File: libc.info,  Node: Socket Data Options,  Prev: Receiving Data,  Up: Transferring Data

16.9.5.3 Socket Data Options
............................

The FLAGS argument to `send' and `recv' is a bit mask.  You can
bitwise-OR the values of the following macros together to obtain a
value for this argument.  All are defined in the header file
`sys/socket.h'.

 -- Macro: int MSG_OOB
     Send or receive out-of-band data.  *Note Out-of-Band Data::.

 -- Macro: int MSG_PEEK
     Look at the data but don't remove it from the input queue.  This is
     only meaningful with input functions such as `recv', not with
     `send'.

 -- Macro: int MSG_DONTROUTE
     Don't include routing information in the message.  This is only
     meaningful with output operations, and is usually only of interest
     for diagnostic or routing programs.  We don't try to explain it
     here.


File: libc.info,  Node: Byte Stream Example,  Next: Server Example,  Prev: Transferring Data,  Up: Connections

16.9.6 Byte Stream Socket Example
---------------------------------

Here is an example client program that makes a connection for a byte
stream socket in the Internet namespace.  It doesn't do anything
particularly interesting once it has connected to the server; it just
sends a text string to the server and exits.

   This program uses `init_sockaddr' to set up the socket address; see
*note Inet Example::.


     #include <stdio.h>
     #include <errno.h>
     #include <stdlib.h>
     #include <unistd.h>
     #include <sys/types.h>
     #include <sys/socket.h>
     #include <netinet/in.h>
     #include <netdb.h>

     #define PORT            5555
     #define MESSAGE         "Yow!!! Are we having fun yet?!?"
     #define SERVERHOST      "www.gnu.org"

     void
     write_to_server (int filedes)
     {
       int nbytes;

       nbytes = write (filedes, MESSAGE, strlen (MESSAGE) + 1);
       if (nbytes < 0)
         {
           perror ("write");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }
     }


     int
     main (void)
     {
       extern void init_sockaddr (struct sockaddr_in *name,
                                  const char *hostname,
                                  uint16_t port);
       int sock;
       struct sockaddr_in servername;

       /* Create the socket. */
       sock = socket (PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
       if (sock < 0)
         {
           perror ("socket (client)");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }

       /* Connect to the server. */
       init_sockaddr (&servername, SERVERHOST, PORT);
       if (0 > connect (sock,
                        (struct sockaddr *) &servername,
                        sizeof (servername)))
         {
           perror ("connect (client)");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }

       /* Send data to the server. */
       write_to_server (sock);
       close (sock);
       exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
     }


File: libc.info,  Node: Server Example,  Next: Out-of-Band Data,  Prev: Byte Stream Example,  Up: Connections

16.9.7 Byte Stream Connection Server Example
--------------------------------------------

The server end is much more complicated.  Since we want to allow
multiple clients to be connected to the server at the same time, it
would be incorrect to wait for input from a single client by simply
calling `read' or `recv'.  Instead, the right thing to do is to use
`select' (*note Waiting for I/O::) to wait for input on all of the open
sockets.  This also allows the server to deal with additional
connection requests.

   This particular server doesn't do anything interesting once it has
gotten a message from a client.  It does close the socket for that
client when it detects an end-of-file condition (resulting from the
client shutting down its end of the connection).

   This program uses `make_socket' to set up the socket address; see
*note Inet Example::.


     #include <stdio.h>
     #include <errno.h>
     #include <stdlib.h>
     #include <unistd.h>
     #include <sys/types.h>
     #include <sys/socket.h>
     #include <netinet/in.h>
     #include <netdb.h>

     #define PORT    5555
     #define MAXMSG  512

     int
     read_from_client (int filedes)
     {
       char buffer[MAXMSG];
       int nbytes;

       nbytes = read (filedes, buffer, MAXMSG);
       if (nbytes < 0)
         {
           /* Read error. */
           perror ("read");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }
       else if (nbytes == 0)
         /* End-of-file. */
         return -1;
       else
         {
           /* Data read. */
           fprintf (stderr, "Server: got message: `%s'\n", buffer);
           return 0;
         }
     }

     int
     main (void)
     {
       extern int make_socket (uint16_t port);
       int sock;
       fd_set active_fd_set, read_fd_set;
       int i;
       struct sockaddr_in clientname;
       size_t size;

       /* Create the socket and set it up to accept connections. */
       sock = make_socket (PORT);
       if (listen (sock, 1) < 0)
         {
           perror ("listen");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }

       /* Initialize the set of active sockets. */
       FD_ZERO (&active_fd_set);
       FD_SET (sock, &active_fd_set);

       while (1)
         {
           /* Block until input arrives on one or more active sockets. */
           read_fd_set = active_fd_set;
           if (select (FD_SETSIZE, &read_fd_set, NULL, NULL, NULL) < 0)
             {
               perror ("select");
               exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
             }

           /* Service all the sockets with input pending. */
           for (i = 0; i < FD_SETSIZE; ++i)
             if (FD_ISSET (i, &read_fd_set))
               {
                 if (i == sock)
                   {
                     /* Connection request on original socket. */
                     int new;
                     size = sizeof (clientname);
                     new = accept (sock,
                                   (struct sockaddr *) &clientname,
                                   &size);
                     if (new < 0)
                       {
                         perror ("accept");
                         exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
                       }
                     fprintf (stderr,
                              "Server: connect from host %s, port %hd.\n",
                              inet_ntoa (clientname.sin_addr),
                              ntohs (clientname.sin_port));
                     FD_SET (new, &active_fd_set);
                   }
                 else
                   {
                     /* Data arriving on an already-connected socket. */
                     if (read_from_client (i) < 0)
                       {
                         close (i);
                         FD_CLR (i, &active_fd_set);
                       }
                   }
               }
         }
     }


File: libc.info,  Node: Out-of-Band Data,  Prev: Server Example,  Up: Connections

16.9.8 Out-of-Band Data
-----------------------

Streams with connections permit "out-of-band" data that is delivered
with higher priority than ordinary data.  Typically the reason for
sending out-of-band data is to send notice of an exceptional condition.
To send out-of-band data use `send', specifying the flag `MSG_OOB'
(*note Sending Data::).

   Out-of-band data are received with higher priority because the
receiving process need not read it in sequence; to read the next
available out-of-band data, use `recv' with the `MSG_OOB' flag (*note
Receiving Data::).  Ordinary read operations do not read out-of-band
data; they read only ordinary data.

   When a socket finds that out-of-band data are on their way, it sends
a `SIGURG' signal to the owner process or process group of the socket.
You can specify the owner using the `F_SETOWN' command to the `fcntl'
function; see *note Interrupt Input::.  You must also establish a
handler for this signal, as described in *note Signal Handling::, in
order to take appropriate action such as reading the out-of-band data.

   Alternatively, you can test for pending out-of-band data, or wait
until there is out-of-band data, using the `select' function; it can
wait for an exceptional condition on the socket.  *Note Waiting for
I/O::, for more information about `select'.

   Notification of out-of-band data (whether with `SIGURG' or with
`select') indicates that out-of-band data are on the way; the data may
not actually arrive until later.  If you try to read the out-of-band
data before it arrives, `recv' fails with an `EWOULDBLOCK' error.

   Sending out-of-band data automatically places a "mark" in the stream
of ordinary data, showing where in the sequence the out-of-band data
"would have been".  This is useful when the meaning of out-of-band data
is "cancel everything sent so far".  Here is how you can test, in the
receiving process, whether any ordinary data was sent before the mark:

     success = ioctl (socket, SIOCATMARK, &atmark);

   The `integer' variable ATMARK is set to a nonzero value if the
socket's read pointer has reached the "mark".

   Here's a function to discard any ordinary data preceding the
out-of-band mark:

     int
     discard_until_mark (int socket)
     {
       while (1)
         {
           /* This is not an arbitrary limit; any size will do.  */
           char buffer[1024];
           int atmark, success;

           /* If we have reached the mark, return.  */
           success = ioctl (socket, SIOCATMARK, &atmark);
           if (success < 0)
             perror ("ioctl");
           if (result)
             return;

           /* Otherwise, read a bunch of ordinary data and discard it.
              This is guaranteed not to read past the mark
              if it starts before the mark.  */
           success = read (socket, buffer, sizeof buffer);
           if (success < 0)
             perror ("read");
         }
     }

   If you don't want to discard the ordinary data preceding the mark,
you may need to read some of it anyway, to make room in internal system
buffers for the out-of-band data.  If you try to read out-of-band data
and get an `EWOULDBLOCK' error, try reading some ordinary data (saving
it so that you can use it when you want it) and see if that makes room.
Here is an example:

     struct buffer
     {
       char *buf;
       int size;
       struct buffer *next;
     };

     /* Read the out-of-band data from SOCKET and return it
        as a `struct buffer', which records the address of the data
        and its size.

        It may be necessary to read some ordinary data
        in order to make room for the out-of-band data.
        If so, the ordinary data are saved as a chain of buffers
        found in the `next' field of the value.  */

     struct buffer *
     read_oob (int socket)
     {
       struct buffer *tail = 0;
       struct buffer *list = 0;

       while (1)
         {
           /* This is an arbitrary limit.
              Does anyone know how to do this without a limit?  */
     #define BUF_SZ 1024
           char *buf = (char *) xmalloc (BUF_SZ);
           int success;
           int atmark;

           /* Try again to read the out-of-band data.  */
           success = recv (socket, buf, BUF_SZ, MSG_OOB);
           if (success >= 0)
             {
               /* We got it, so return it.  */
               struct buffer *link
                 = (struct buffer *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct buffer));
               link->buf = buf;
               link->size = success;
               link->next = list;
               return link;
             }

           /* If we fail, see if we are at the mark.  */
           success = ioctl (socket, SIOCATMARK, &atmark);
           if (success < 0)
             perror ("ioctl");
           if (atmark)
             {
               /* At the mark; skipping past more ordinary data cannot help.
                  So just wait a while.  */
               sleep (1);
               continue;
             }

           /* Otherwise, read a bunch of ordinary data and save it.
              This is guaranteed not to read past the mark
              if it starts before the mark.  */
           success = read (socket, buf, BUF_SZ);
           if (success < 0)
             perror ("read");

           /* Save this data in the buffer list.  */
           {
             struct buffer *link
               = (struct buffer *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct buffer));
             link->buf = buf;
             link->size = success;

             /* Add the new link to the end of the list.  */
             if (tail)
               tail->next = link;
             else
               list = link;
             tail = link;
           }
         }
     }


File: libc.info,  Node: Datagrams,  Next: Inetd,  Prev: Connections,  Up: Sockets

16.10 Datagram Socket Operations
================================

This section describes how to use communication styles that don't use
connections (styles `SOCK_DGRAM' and `SOCK_RDM').  Using these styles,
you group data into packets and each packet is an independent
communication.  You specify the destination for each packet
individually.

   Datagram packets are like letters: you send each one independently
with its own destination address, and they may arrive in the wrong
order or not at all.

   The `listen' and `accept' functions are not allowed for sockets
using connectionless communication styles.

* Menu:

* Sending Datagrams::    Sending packets on a datagram socket.
* Receiving Datagrams::  Receiving packets on a datagram socket.
* Datagram Example::     An example program: packets sent over a
                           datagram socket in the local namespace.
* Example Receiver::	 Another program, that receives those packets.


File: libc.info,  Node: Sending Datagrams,  Next: Receiving Datagrams,  Up: Datagrams

16.10.1 Sending Datagrams
-------------------------

The normal way of sending data on a datagram socket is by using the
`sendto' function, declared in `sys/socket.h'.

   You can call `connect' on a datagram socket, but this only specifies
a default destination for further data transmission on the socket.
When a socket has a default destination you can use `send' (*note
Sending Data::) or even `write' (*note I/O Primitives::) to send a
packet there.  You can cancel the default destination by calling
`connect' using an address format of `AF_UNSPEC' in the ADDR argument.
*Note Connecting::, for more information about the `connect' function.

 -- Function: ssize_t sendto (int SOCKET, const void *BUFFER, size_t
          SIZE, int FLAGS, struct sockaddr *ADDR, socklen_t LENGTH)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `sendto' function transmits the data in the BUFFER through the
     socket SOCKET to the destination address specified by the ADDR and
     LENGTH arguments.  The SIZE argument specifies the number of bytes
     to be transmitted.

     The FLAGS are interpreted the same way as for `send'; see *note
     Socket Data Options::.

     The return value and error conditions are also the same as for
     `send', but you cannot rely on the system to detect errors and
     report them; the most common error is that the packet is lost or
     there is no-one at the specified address to receive it, and the
     operating system on your machine usually does not know this.

     It is also possible for one call to `sendto' to report an error
     owing to a problem related to a previous call.

     This function is defined as a cancellation point in multi-threaded
     programs, so one has to be prepared for this and make sure that
     allocated resources (like memory, files descriptors, semaphores or
     whatever) are freed even if the thread is canceled.


File: libc.info,  Node: Receiving Datagrams,  Next: Datagram Example,  Prev: Sending Datagrams,  Up: Datagrams

16.10.2 Receiving Datagrams
---------------------------

The `recvfrom' function reads a packet from a datagram socket and also
tells you where it was sent from.  This function is declared in
`sys/socket.h'.

 -- Function: ssize_t recvfrom (int SOCKET, void *BUFFER, size_t SIZE,
          int FLAGS, struct sockaddr *ADDR, socklen_t *LENGTH-PTR)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `recvfrom' function reads one packet from the socket SOCKET
     into the buffer BUFFER.  The SIZE argument specifies the maximum
     number of bytes to be read.

     If the packet is longer than SIZE bytes, then you get the first
     SIZE bytes of the packet and the rest of the packet is lost.
     There's no way to read the rest of the packet.  Thus, when you use
     a packet protocol, you must always know how long a packet to
     expect.

     The ADDR and LENGTH-PTR arguments are used to return the address
     where the packet came from.  *Note Socket Addresses::.  For a
     socket in the local domain the address information won't be
     meaningful, since you can't read the address of such a socket
     (*note Local Namespace::).  You can specify a null pointer as the
     ADDR argument if you are not interested in this information.

     The FLAGS are interpreted the same way as for `recv' (*note Socket
     Data Options::).  The return value and error conditions are also
     the same as for `recv'.

     This function is defined as a cancellation point in multi-threaded
     programs, so one has to be prepared for this and make sure that
     allocated resources (like memory, files descriptors, semaphores or
     whatever) are freed even if the thread is canceled.

   You can use plain `recv' (*note Receiving Data::) instead of
`recvfrom' if you don't need to find out who sent the packet (either
because you know where it should come from or because you treat all
possible senders alike).  Even `read' can be used if you don't want to
specify FLAGS (*note I/O Primitives::).


File: libc.info,  Node: Datagram Example,  Next: Example Receiver,  Prev: Receiving Datagrams,  Up: Datagrams

16.10.3 Datagram Socket Example
-------------------------------

Here is a set of example programs that send messages over a datagram
stream in the local namespace.  Both the client and server programs use
the `make_named_socket' function that was presented in *note Local
Socket Example::, to create and name their sockets.

   First, here is the server program.  It sits in a loop waiting for
messages to arrive, bouncing each message back to the sender.
Obviously this isn't a particularly useful program, but it does show
the general ideas involved.


     #include <stdio.h>
     #include <errno.h>
     #include <stdlib.h>
     #include <sys/socket.h>
     #include <sys/un.h>

     #define SERVER  "/tmp/serversocket"
     #define MAXMSG  512

     int
     main (void)
     {
       int sock;
       char message[MAXMSG];
       struct sockaddr_un name;
       size_t size;
       int nbytes;

       /* Remove the filename first, it's ok if the call fails */
       unlink (SERVER);

       /* Make the socket, then loop endlessly. */
       sock = make_named_socket (SERVER);
       while (1)
         {
           /* Wait for a datagram. */
           size = sizeof (name);
           nbytes = recvfrom (sock, message, MAXMSG, 0,
                              (struct sockaddr *) & name, &size);
           if (nbytes < 0)
             {
               perror ("recfrom (server)");
               exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
             }

           /* Give a diagnostic message. */
           fprintf (stderr, "Server: got message: %s\n", message);

           /* Bounce the message back to the sender. */
           nbytes = sendto (sock, message, nbytes, 0,
                            (struct sockaddr *) & name, size);
           if (nbytes < 0)
             {
               perror ("sendto (server)");
               exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
             }
         }
     }


File: libc.info,  Node: Example Receiver,  Prev: Datagram Example,  Up: Datagrams

16.10.4 Example of Reading Datagrams
------------------------------------

Here is the client program corresponding to the server above.

   It sends a datagram to the server and then waits for a reply.  Notice
that the socket for the client (as well as for the server) in this
example has to be given a name.  This is so that the server can direct
a message back to the client.  Since the socket has no associated
connection state, the only way the server can do this is by referencing
the name of the client.


     #include <stdio.h>
     #include <errno.h>
     #include <unistd.h>
     #include <stdlib.h>
     #include <sys/socket.h>
     #include <sys/un.h>

     #define SERVER  "/tmp/serversocket"
     #define CLIENT  "/tmp/mysocket"
     #define MAXMSG  512
     #define MESSAGE "Yow!!! Are we having fun yet?!?"

     int
     main (void)
     {
       extern int make_named_socket (const char *name);
       int sock;
       char message[MAXMSG];
       struct sockaddr_un name;
       size_t size;
       int nbytes;

       /* Make the socket. */
       sock = make_named_socket (CLIENT);

       /* Initialize the server socket address. */
       name.sun_family = AF_LOCAL;
       strcpy (name.sun_path, SERVER);
       size = strlen (name.sun_path) + sizeof (name.sun_family);

       /* Send the datagram. */
       nbytes = sendto (sock, MESSAGE, strlen (MESSAGE) + 1, 0,
                        (struct sockaddr *) & name, size);
       if (nbytes < 0)
         {
           perror ("sendto (client)");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }

       /* Wait for a reply. */
       nbytes = recvfrom (sock, message, MAXMSG, 0, NULL, 0);
       if (nbytes < 0)
         {
           perror ("recfrom (client)");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }

       /* Print a diagnostic message. */
       fprintf (stderr, "Client: got message: %s\n", message);

       /* Clean up. */
       remove (CLIENT);
       close (sock);
     }

   Keep in mind that datagram socket communications are unreliable.  In
this example, the client program waits indefinitely if the message
never reaches the server or if the server's response never comes back.
It's up to the user running the program to kill and restart it if
desired.  A more automatic solution could be to use `select' (*note
Waiting for I/O::) to establish a timeout period for the reply, and in
case of timeout either re-send the message or shut down the socket and
exit.


File: libc.info,  Node: Inetd,  Next: Socket Options,  Prev: Datagrams,  Up: Sockets

16.11 The `inetd' Daemon
========================

We've explained above how to write a server program that does its own
listening.  Such a server must already be running in order for anyone
to connect to it.

   Another way to provide a service on an Internet port is to let the
daemon program `inetd' do the listening.  `inetd' is a program that
runs all the time and waits (using `select') for messages on a
specified set of ports.  When it receives a message, it accepts the
connection (if the socket style calls for connections) and then forks a
child process to run the corresponding server program.  You specify the
ports and their programs in the file `/etc/inetd.conf'.

* Menu:

* Inetd Servers::
* Configuring Inetd::


File: libc.info,  Node: Inetd Servers,  Next: Configuring Inetd,  Up: Inetd

16.11.1 `inetd' Servers
-----------------------

Writing a server program to be run by `inetd' is very simple.  Each time
someone requests a connection to the appropriate port, a new server
process starts.  The connection already exists at this time; the socket
is available as the standard input descriptor and as the standard
output descriptor (descriptors 0 and 1) in the server process.  Thus
the server program can begin reading and writing data right away.
Often the program needs only the ordinary I/O facilities; in fact, a
general-purpose filter program that knows nothing about sockets can
work as a byte stream server run by `inetd'.

   You can also use `inetd' for servers that use connectionless
communication styles.  For these servers, `inetd' does not try to accept
a connection since no connection is possible.  It just starts the
server program, which can read the incoming datagram packet from
descriptor 0.  The server program can handle one request and then exit,
or you can choose to write it to keep reading more requests until no
more arrive, and then exit.  You must specify which of these two
techniques the server uses when you configure `inetd'.


File: libc.info,  Node: Configuring Inetd,  Prev: Inetd Servers,  Up: Inetd

16.11.2 Configuring `inetd'
---------------------------

The file `/etc/inetd.conf' tells `inetd' which ports to listen to and
what server programs to run for them.  Normally each entry in the file
is one line, but you can split it onto multiple lines provided all but
the first line of the entry start with whitespace.  Lines that start
with `#' are comments.

   Here are two standard entries in `/etc/inetd.conf':

     ftp	stream	tcp	nowait	root	/libexec/ftpd	ftpd
     talk	dgram	udp	wait	root	/libexec/talkd	talkd

   An entry has this format:

     SERVICE STYLE PROTOCOL WAIT USERNAME PROGRAM ARGUMENTS

   The SERVICE field says which service this program provides.  It
should be the name of a service defined in `/etc/services'.  `inetd'
uses SERVICE to decide which port to listen on for this entry.

   The fields STYLE and PROTOCOL specify the communication style and
the protocol to use for the listening socket.  The style should be the
name of a communication style, converted to lower case and with `SOCK_'
deleted--for example, `stream' or `dgram'.  PROTOCOL should be one of
the protocols listed in `/etc/protocols'.  The typical protocol names
are `tcp' for byte stream connections and `udp' for unreliable
datagrams.

   The WAIT field should be either `wait' or `nowait'.  Use `wait' if
STYLE is a connectionless style and the server, once started, handles
multiple requests as they come in.  Use `nowait' if `inetd' should
start a new process for each message or request that comes in.  If
STYLE uses connections, then WAIT *must* be `nowait'.

   USER is the user name that the server should run as.  `inetd' runs
as root, so it can set the user ID of its children arbitrarily.  It's
best to avoid using `root' for USER if you can; but some servers, such
as Telnet and FTP, read a username and password themselves.  These
servers need to be root initially so they can log in as commanded by
the data coming over the network.

   PROGRAM together with ARGUMENTS specifies the command to run to
start the server.  PROGRAM should be an absolute file name specifying
the executable file to run.  ARGUMENTS consists of any number of
whitespace-separated words, which become the command-line arguments of
PROGRAM.  The first word in ARGUMENTS is argument zero, which should by
convention be the program name itself (sans directories).

   If you edit `/etc/inetd.conf', you can tell `inetd' to reread the
file and obey its new contents by sending the `inetd' process the
`SIGHUP' signal.  You'll have to use `ps' to determine the process ID
of the `inetd' process as it is not fixed.


File: libc.info,  Node: Socket Options,  Next: Networks Database,  Prev: Inetd,  Up: Sockets

16.12 Socket Options
====================

This section describes how to read or set various options that modify
the behavior of sockets and their underlying communications protocols.

   When you are manipulating a socket option, you must specify which
"level" the option pertains to.  This describes whether the option
applies to the socket interface, or to a lower-level communications
protocol interface.

* Menu:

* Socket Option Functions::     The basic functions for setting and getting
                                 socket options.
* Socket-Level Options::        Details of the options at the socket level.


File: libc.info,  Node: Socket Option Functions,  Next: Socket-Level Options,  Up: Socket Options

16.12.1 Socket Option Functions
-------------------------------

Here are the functions for examining and modifying socket options.
They are declared in `sys/socket.h'.

 -- Function: int getsockopt (int SOCKET, int LEVEL, int OPTNAME, void
          *OPTVAL, socklen_t *OPTLEN-PTR)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `getsockopt' function gets information about the value of
     option OPTNAME at level LEVEL for socket SOCKET.

     The option value is stored in a buffer that OPTVAL points to.
     Before the call, you should supply in `*OPTLEN-PTR' the size of
     this buffer; on return, it contains the number of bytes of
     information actually stored in the buffer.

     Most options interpret the OPTVAL buffer as a single `int' value.

     The actual return value of `getsockopt' is `0' on success and `-1'
     on failure.  The following `errno' error conditions are defined:

    `EBADF'
          The SOCKET argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTSOCK'
          The descriptor SOCKET is not a socket.

    `ENOPROTOOPT'
          The OPTNAME doesn't make sense for the given LEVEL.

 -- Function: int setsockopt (int SOCKET, int LEVEL, int OPTNAME, const
          void *OPTVAL, socklen_t OPTLEN)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function is used to set the socket option OPTNAME at level
     LEVEL for socket SOCKET.  The value of the option is passed in the
     buffer OPTVAL of size OPTLEN.

     The return value and error codes for `setsockopt' are the same as
     for `getsockopt'.



File: libc.info,  Node: Socket-Level Options,  Prev: Socket Option Functions,  Up: Socket Options

16.12.2 Socket-Level Options
----------------------------

 -- Constant: int SOL_SOCKET
     Use this constant as the LEVEL argument to `getsockopt' or
     `setsockopt' to manipulate the socket-level options described in
     this section.

Here is a table of socket-level option names; all are defined in the
header file `sys/socket.h'.

`SO_DEBUG'
     This option toggles recording of debugging information in the
     underlying protocol modules.  The value has type `int'; a nonzero
     value means "yes".

`SO_REUSEADDR'
     This option controls whether `bind' (*note Setting Address::)
     should permit reuse of local addresses for this socket.  If you
     enable this option, you can actually have two sockets with the
     same Internet port number; but the system won't allow you to use
     the two identically-named sockets in a way that would confuse the
     Internet.  The reason for this option is that some higher-level
     Internet protocols, including FTP, require you to keep reusing the
     same port number.

     The value has type `int'; a nonzero value means "yes".

`SO_KEEPALIVE'
     This option controls whether the underlying protocol should
     periodically transmit messages on a connected socket.  If the peer
     fails to respond to these messages, the connection is considered
     broken.  The value has type `int'; a nonzero value means "yes".

`SO_DONTROUTE'
     This option controls whether outgoing messages bypass the normal
     message routing facilities.  If set, messages are sent directly to
     the network interface instead.  The value has type `int'; a nonzero
     value means "yes".

`SO_LINGER'
     This option specifies what should happen when the socket of a type
     that promises reliable delivery still has untransmitted messages
     when it is closed; see *note Closing a Socket::.  The value has
     type `struct linger'.

      -- Data Type: struct linger
          This structure type has the following members:

         `int l_onoff'
               This field is interpreted as a boolean.  If nonzero,
               `close' blocks until the data are transmitted or the
               timeout period has expired.

         `int l_linger'
               This specifies the timeout period, in seconds.

`SO_BROADCAST'
     This option controls whether datagrams may be broadcast from the
     socket.  The value has type `int'; a nonzero value means "yes".

`SO_OOBINLINE'
     If this option is set, out-of-band data received on the socket is
     placed in the normal input queue.  This permits it to be read using
     `read' or `recv' without specifying the `MSG_OOB' flag.  *Note
     Out-of-Band Data::.  The value has type `int'; a nonzero value
     means "yes".

`SO_SNDBUF'
     This option gets or sets the size of the output buffer.  The value
     is a `size_t', which is the size in bytes.

`SO_RCVBUF'
     This option gets or sets the size of the input buffer.  The value
     is a `size_t', which is the size in bytes.

`SO_STYLE'
`SO_TYPE'
     This option can be used with `getsockopt' only.  It is used to get
     the socket's communication style.  `SO_TYPE' is the historical
     name, and `SO_STYLE' is the preferred name in GNU.  The value has
     type `int' and its value designates a communication style; see
     *note Communication Styles::.

`SO_ERROR'
     This option can be used with `getsockopt' only.  It is used to
     reset the error status of the socket.  The value is an `int',
     which represents the previous error status.


File: libc.info,  Node: Networks Database,  Prev: Socket Options,  Up: Sockets

16.13 Networks Database
=======================

Many systems come with a database that records a list of networks known
to the system developer.  This is usually kept either in the file
`/etc/networks' or in an equivalent from a name server.  This data base
is useful for routing programs such as `route', but it is not useful
for programs that simply communicate over the network.  We provide
functions to access this database, which are declared in `netdb.h'.

 -- Data Type: struct netent
     This data type is used to represent information about entries in
     the networks database.  It has the following members:

    `char *n_name'
          This is the "official" name of the network.

    `char **n_aliases'
          These are alternative names for the network, represented as a
          vector of strings.  A null pointer terminates the array.

    `int n_addrtype'
          This is the type of the network number; this is always equal
          to `AF_INET' for Internet networks.

    `unsigned long int n_net'
          This is the network number.  Network numbers are returned in
          host byte order; see *note Byte Order::.

   Use the `getnetbyname' or `getnetbyaddr' functions to search the
networks database for information about a specific network.  The
information is returned in a statically-allocated structure; you must
copy the information if you need to save it.

 -- Function: struct netent * getnetbyname (const char *NAME)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:netbyname env locale | AS-Unsafe
     dlopen plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note
     POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `getnetbyname' function returns information about the network
     named NAME.  It returns a null pointer if there is no such network.

 -- Function: struct netent * getnetbyaddr (uint32_t NET, int TYPE)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:netbyaddr locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen
     plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     The `getnetbyaddr' function returns information about the network
     of type TYPE with number NET.  You should specify a value of
     `AF_INET' for the TYPE argument for Internet networks.

     `getnetbyaddr' returns a null pointer if there is no such network.

   You can also scan the networks database using `setnetent',
`getnetent' and `endnetent'.  Be careful when using these functions
because they are not reentrant.

 -- Function: void setnetent (int STAYOPEN)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:netent env locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen
     plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     This function opens and rewinds the networks database.

     If the STAYOPEN argument is nonzero, this sets a flag so that
     subsequent calls to `getnetbyname' or `getnetbyaddr' will not
     close the database (as they usually would).  This makes for more
     efficiency if you call those functions several times, by avoiding
     reopening the database for each call.

 -- Function: struct netent * getnetent (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:netent race:netentbuf env locale |
     AS-Unsafe dlopen plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem
     | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function returns the next entry in the networks database.  It
     returns a null pointer if there are no more entries.

 -- Function: void endnetent (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:netent env locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen
     plugin heap lock | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX
     Safety Concepts::.

     This function closes the networks database.


File: libc.info,  Node: Low-Level Terminal Interface,  Next: Syslog,  Prev: Sockets,  Up: Top

17 Low-Level Terminal Interface
*******************************

This chapter describes functions that are specific to terminal devices.
You can use these functions to do things like turn off input echoing;
set serial line characteristics such as line speed and flow control; and
change which characters are used for end-of-file, command-line editing,
sending signals, and similar control functions.

   Most of the functions in this chapter operate on file descriptors.
*Note Low-Level I/O::, for more information about what a file
descriptor is and how to open a file descriptor for a terminal device.

* Menu:

* Is It a Terminal::            How to determine if a file is a terminal
			         device, and what its name is.
* I/O Queues::                  About flow control and typeahead.
* Canonical or Not::            Two basic styles of input processing.
* Terminal Modes::              How to examine and modify flags controlling
			         details of terminal I/O: echoing,
                                 signals, editing.  Posix.
* BSD Terminal Modes::          BSD compatible terminal mode setting
* Line Control::                Sending break sequences, clearing
                                 terminal buffers ...
* Noncanon Example::            How to read single characters without echo.
* Pseudo-Terminals::            How to open a pseudo-terminal.


File: libc.info,  Node: Is It a Terminal,  Next: I/O Queues,  Up: Low-Level Terminal Interface

17.1 Identifying Terminals
==========================

The functions described in this chapter only work on files that
correspond to terminal devices.  You can find out whether a file
descriptor is associated with a terminal by using the `isatty' function.

   Prototypes for the functions in this section are declared in the
header file `unistd.h'.

 -- Function: int isatty (int FILEDES)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function returns `1' if FILEDES is a file descriptor
     associated with an open terminal device, and 0 otherwise.

   If a file descriptor is associated with a terminal, you can get its
associated file name using the `ttyname' function.  See also the
`ctermid' function, described in *note Identifying the Terminal::.

 -- Function: char * ttyname (int FILEDES)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:ttyname | AS-Unsafe heap lock |
     AC-Unsafe lock fd mem | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     If the file descriptor FILEDES is associated with a terminal
     device, the `ttyname' function returns a pointer to a
     statically-allocated, null-terminated string containing the file
     name of the terminal file.  The value is a null pointer if the
     file descriptor isn't associated with a terminal, or the file name
     cannot be determined.

 -- Function: int ttyname_r (int FILEDES, char *BUF, size_t LEN)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap | AC-Unsafe mem fd | *Note
     POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `ttyname_r' function is similar to the `ttyname' function
     except that it places its result into the user-specified buffer
     starting at BUF with length LEN.

     The normal return value from `ttyname_r' is 0.  Otherwise an error
     number is returned to indicate the error.  The following `errno'
     error conditions are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTTY'
          The FILEDES is not associated with a terminal.

    `ERANGE'
          The buffer length LEN is too small to store the string to be
          returned.


File: libc.info,  Node: I/O Queues,  Next: Canonical or Not,  Prev: Is It a Terminal,  Up: Low-Level Terminal Interface

17.2 I/O Queues
===============

Many of the remaining functions in this section refer to the input and
output queues of a terminal device.  These queues implement a form of
buffering _within the kernel_ independent of the buffering implemented
by I/O streams (*note I/O on Streams::).

   The "terminal input queue" is also sometimes referred to as its
"typeahead buffer".  It holds the characters that have been received
from the terminal but not yet read by any process.

   The size of the input queue is described by the `MAX_INPUT' and
`_POSIX_MAX_INPUT' parameters; see *note Limits for Files::.  You are
guaranteed a queue size of at least `MAX_INPUT', but the queue might be
larger, and might even dynamically change size.  If input flow control
is enabled by setting the `IXOFF' input mode bit (*note Input Modes::),
the terminal driver transmits STOP and START characters to the terminal
when necessary to prevent the queue from overflowing.  Otherwise, input
may be lost if it comes in too fast from the terminal.  In canonical
mode, all input stays in the queue until a newline character is
received, so the terminal input queue can fill up when you type a very
long line.  *Note Canonical or Not::.

   The "terminal output queue" is like the input queue, but for output;
it contains characters that have been written by processes, but not yet
transmitted to the terminal.  If output flow control is enabled by
setting the `IXON' input mode bit (*note Input Modes::), the terminal
driver obeys START and STOP characters sent by the terminal to stop and
restart transmission of output.

   "Clearing" the terminal input queue means discarding any characters
that have been received but not yet read.  Similarly, clearing the
terminal output queue means discarding any characters that have been
written but not yet transmitted.


File: libc.info,  Node: Canonical or Not,  Next: Terminal Modes,  Prev: I/O Queues,  Up: Low-Level Terminal Interface

17.3 Two Styles of Input: Canonical or Not
==========================================

POSIX systems support two basic modes of input: canonical and
noncanonical.

   In "canonical input processing" mode, terminal input is processed in
lines terminated by newline (`'\n''), EOF, or EOL characters.  No input
can be read until an entire line has been typed by the user, and the
`read' function (*note I/O Primitives::) returns at most a single line
of input, no matter how many bytes are requested.

   In canonical input mode, the operating system provides input editing
facilities: some characters are interpreted specially to perform editing
operations within the current line of text, such as ERASE and KILL.
*Note Editing Characters::.

   The constants `_POSIX_MAX_CANON' and `MAX_CANON' parameterize the
maximum number of bytes which may appear in a single line of canonical
input.  *Note Limits for Files::.  You are guaranteed a maximum line
length of at least `MAX_CANON' bytes, but the maximum might be larger,
and might even dynamically change size.

   In "noncanonical input processing" mode, characters are not grouped
into lines, and ERASE and KILL processing is not performed.  The
granularity with which bytes are read in noncanonical input mode is
controlled by the MIN and TIME settings.  *Note Noncanonical Input::.

   Most programs use canonical input mode, because this gives the user a
way to edit input line by line.  The usual reason to use noncanonical
mode is when the program accepts single-character commands or provides
its own editing facilities.

   The choice of canonical or noncanonical input is controlled by the
`ICANON' flag in the `c_lflag' member of `struct termios'.  *Note Local
Modes::.


File: libc.info,  Node: Terminal Modes,  Next: BSD Terminal Modes,  Prev: Canonical or Not,  Up: Low-Level Terminal Interface

17.4 Terminal Modes
===================

This section describes the various terminal attributes that control how
input and output are done.  The functions, data structures, and symbolic
constants are all declared in the header file `termios.h'.

   Don't confuse terminal attributes with file attributes.  A device
special file which is associated with a terminal has file attributes as
described in *note File Attributes::.  These are unrelated to the
attributes of the terminal device itself, which are discussed in this
section.

* Menu:

* Mode Data Types::             The data type `struct termios' and
                                 related types.
* Mode Functions::              Functions to read and set the terminal
                                 attributes.
* Setting Modes::               The right way to set terminal attributes
                                 reliably.
* Input Modes::                 Flags controlling low-level input handling.
* Output Modes::                Flags controlling low-level output handling.
* Control Modes::               Flags controlling serial port behavior.
* Local Modes::                 Flags controlling high-level input handling.
* Line Speed::                  How to read and set the terminal line speed.
* Special Characters::          Characters that have special effects,
			         and how to change them.
* Noncanonical Input::          Controlling how long to wait for input.


File: libc.info,  Node: Mode Data Types,  Next: Mode Functions,  Up: Terminal Modes

17.4.1 Terminal Mode Data Types
-------------------------------

The entire collection of attributes of a terminal is stored in a
structure of type `struct termios'.  This structure is used with the
functions `tcgetattr' and `tcsetattr' to read and set the attributes.

 -- Data Type: struct termios
     Structure that records all the I/O attributes of a terminal.  The
     structure includes at least the following members:

    `tcflag_t c_iflag'
          A bit mask specifying flags for input modes; see *note Input
          Modes::.

    `tcflag_t c_oflag'
          A bit mask specifying flags for output modes; see *note
          Output Modes::.

    `tcflag_t c_cflag'
          A bit mask specifying flags for control modes; see *note
          Control Modes::.

    `tcflag_t c_lflag'
          A bit mask specifying flags for local modes; see *note Local
          Modes::.

    `cc_t c_cc[NCCS]'
          An array specifying which characters are associated with
          various control functions; see *note Special Characters::.

     The `struct termios' structure also contains members which encode
     input and output transmission speeds, but the representation is
     not specified.  *Note Line Speed::, for how to examine and store
     the speed values.

   The following sections describe the details of the members of the
`struct termios' structure.

 -- Data Type: tcflag_t
     This is an unsigned integer type used to represent the various bit
     masks for terminal flags.

 -- Data Type: cc_t
     This is an unsigned integer type used to represent characters
     associated with various terminal control functions.

 -- Macro: int NCCS
     The value of this macro is the number of elements in the `c_cc'
     array.


File: libc.info,  Node: Mode Functions,  Next: Setting Modes,  Prev: Mode Data Types,  Up: Terminal Modes

17.4.2 Terminal Mode Functions
------------------------------

 -- Function: int tcgetattr (int FILEDES, struct termios *TERMIOS-P)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function is used to examine the attributes of the terminal
     device with file descriptor FILEDES.  The attributes are returned
     in the structure that TERMIOS-P points to.

     If successful, `tcgetattr' returns 0.  A return value of -1
     indicates an error.  The following `errno' error conditions are
     defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTTY'
          The FILEDES is not associated with a terminal.

 -- Function: int tcsetattr (int FILEDES, int WHEN, const struct
          termios *TERMIOS-P)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function sets the attributes of the terminal device with file
     descriptor FILEDES.  The new attributes are taken from the
     structure that TERMIOS-P points to.

     The WHEN argument specifies how to deal with input and output
     already queued.  It can be one of the following values:

    `TCSANOW'
          Make the change immediately.

    `TCSADRAIN'
          Make the change after waiting until all queued output has
          been written.  You should usually use this option when
          changing parameters that affect output.

    `TCSAFLUSH'
          This is like `TCSADRAIN', but also discards any queued input.

    `TCSASOFT'
          This is a flag bit that you can add to any of the above
          alternatives.  Its meaning is to inhibit alteration of the
          state of the terminal hardware.  It is a BSD extension; it is
          only supported on BSD systems and GNU/Hurd systems.

          Using `TCSASOFT' is exactly the same as setting the `CIGNORE'
          bit in the `c_cflag' member of the structure TERMIOS-P points
          to.  *Note Control Modes::, for a description of `CIGNORE'.

     If this function is called from a background process on its
     controlling terminal, normally all processes in the process group
     are sent a `SIGTTOU' signal, in the same way as if the process
     were trying to write to the terminal.  The exception is if the
     calling process itself is ignoring or blocking `SIGTTOU' signals,
     in which case the operation is performed and no signal is sent.
     *Note Job Control::.

     If successful, `tcsetattr' returns 0.  A return value of -1
     indicates an error.  The following `errno' error conditions are
     defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTTY'
          The FILEDES is not associated with a terminal.

    `EINVAL'
          Either the value of the `when' argument is not valid, or
          there is something wrong with the data in the TERMIOS-P
          argument.

Although `tcgetattr' and `tcsetattr' specify the terminal device with a
file descriptor, the attributes are those of the terminal device itself
and not of the file descriptor.  This means that the effects of
changing terminal attributes are persistent; if another process opens
the terminal file later on, it will see the changed attributes even
though it doesn't have anything to do with the open file descriptor you
originally specified in changing the attributes.

   Similarly, if a single process has multiple or duplicated file
descriptors for the same terminal device, changing the terminal
attributes affects input and output to all of these file descriptors.
This means, for example, that you can't open one file descriptor or
stream to read from a terminal in the normal line-buffered, echoed
mode; and simultaneously have another file descriptor for the same
terminal that you use to read from it in single-character, non-echoed
mode.  Instead, you have to explicitly switch the terminal back and
forth between the two modes.


File: libc.info,  Node: Setting Modes,  Next: Input Modes,  Prev: Mode Functions,  Up: Terminal Modes

17.4.3 Setting Terminal Modes Properly
--------------------------------------

When you set terminal modes, you should call `tcgetattr' first to get
the current modes of the particular terminal device, modify only those
modes that you are really interested in, and store the result with
`tcsetattr'.

   It's a bad idea to simply initialize a `struct termios' structure to
a chosen set of attributes and pass it directly to `tcsetattr'.  Your
program may be run years from now, on systems that support members not
documented in this manual.  The way to avoid setting these members to
unreasonable values is to avoid changing them.

   What's more, different terminal devices may require different mode
settings in order to function properly.  So you should avoid blindly
copying attributes from one terminal device to another.

   When a member contains a collection of independent flags, as the
`c_iflag', `c_oflag' and `c_cflag' members do, even setting the entire
member is a bad idea, because particular operating systems have their
own flags.  Instead, you should start with the current value of the
member and alter only the flags whose values matter in your program,
leaving any other flags unchanged.

   Here is an example of how to set one flag (`ISTRIP') in the `struct
termios' structure while properly preserving all the other data in the
structure:

     int
     set_istrip (int desc, int value)
     {
       struct termios settings;
       int result;

       result = tcgetattr (desc, &settings);
       if (result < 0)
         {
           perror ("error in tcgetattr");
           return 0;
         }
       settings.c_iflag &= ~ISTRIP;
       if (value)
         settings.c_iflag |= ISTRIP;
       result = tcsetattr (desc, TCSANOW, &settings);
       if (result < 0)
         {
           perror ("error in tcsetattr");
           return 0;
        }
       return 1;
     }


File: libc.info,  Node: Input Modes,  Next: Output Modes,  Prev: Setting Modes,  Up: Terminal Modes

17.4.4 Input Modes
------------------

This section describes the terminal attribute flags that control fairly
low-level aspects of input processing: handling of parity errors, break
signals, flow control, and <RET> and <LFD> characters.

   All of these flags are bits in the `c_iflag' member of the `struct
termios' structure.  The member is an integer, and you change flags
using the operators `&', `|' and `^'.  Don't try to specify the entire
value for `c_iflag'--instead, change only specific flags and leave the
rest untouched (*note Setting Modes::).

 -- Macro: tcflag_t INPCK
     If this bit is set, input parity checking is enabled.  If it is
     not set, no checking at all is done for parity errors on input; the
     characters are simply passed through to the application.

     Parity checking on input processing is independent of whether
     parity detection and generation on the underlying terminal
     hardware is enabled; see *note Control Modes::.  For example, you
     could clear the `INPCK' input mode flag and set the `PARENB'
     control mode flag to ignore parity errors on input, but still
     generate parity on output.

     If this bit is set, what happens when a parity error is detected
     depends on whether the `IGNPAR' or `PARMRK' bits are set.  If
     neither of these bits are set, a byte with a parity error is
     passed to the application as a `'\0'' character.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t IGNPAR
     If this bit is set, any byte with a framing or parity error is
     ignored.  This is only useful if `INPCK' is also set.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t PARMRK
     If this bit is set, input bytes with parity or framing errors are
     marked when passed to the program.  This bit is meaningful only
     when `INPCK' is set and `IGNPAR' is not set.

     The way erroneous bytes are marked is with two preceding bytes,
     `377' and `0'.  Thus, the program actually reads three bytes for
     one erroneous byte received from the terminal.

     If a valid byte has the value `0377', and `ISTRIP' (see below) is
     not set, the program might confuse it with the prefix that marks a
     parity error.  So a valid byte `0377' is passed to the program as
     two bytes, `0377' `0377', in this case.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ISTRIP
     If this bit is set, valid input bytes are stripped to seven bits;
     otherwise, all eight bits are available for programs to read.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t IGNBRK
     If this bit is set, break conditions are ignored.

     A "break condition" is defined in the context of asynchronous
     serial data transmission as a series of zero-value bits longer
     than a single byte.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t BRKINT
     If this bit is set and `IGNBRK' is not set, a break condition
     clears the terminal input and output queues and raises a `SIGINT'
     signal for the foreground process group associated with the
     terminal.

     If neither `BRKINT' nor `IGNBRK' are set, a break condition is
     passed to the application as a single `'\0'' character if `PARMRK'
     is not set, or otherwise as a three-character sequence `'\377'',
     `'\0'', `'\0''.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t IGNCR
     If this bit is set, carriage return characters (`'\r'') are
     discarded on input.  Discarding carriage return may be useful on
     terminals that send both carriage return and linefeed when you
     type the <RET> key.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ICRNL
     If this bit is set and `IGNCR' is not set, carriage return
     characters (`'\r'') received as input are passed to the
     application as newline characters (`'\n'').

 -- Macro: tcflag_t INLCR
     If this bit is set, newline characters (`'\n'') received as input
     are passed to the application as carriage return characters
     (`'\r'').

 -- Macro: tcflag_t IXOFF
     If this bit is set, start/stop control on input is enabled.  In
     other words, the computer sends STOP and START characters as
     necessary to prevent input from coming in faster than programs are
     reading it.  The idea is that the actual terminal hardware that is
     generating the input data responds to a STOP character by
     suspending transmission, and to a START character by resuming
     transmission.  *Note Start/Stop Characters::.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t IXON
     If this bit is set, start/stop control on output is enabled.  In
     other words, if the computer receives a STOP character, it
     suspends output until a START character is received.  In this
     case, the STOP and START characters are never passed to the
     application program.  If this bit is not set, then START and STOP
     can be read as ordinary characters.  *Note Start/Stop Characters::.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t IXANY
     If this bit is set, any input character restarts output when
     output has been suspended with the STOP character.  Otherwise,
     only the START character restarts output.

     This is a BSD extension; it exists only on BSD systems and
     GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd systems.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t IMAXBEL
     If this bit is set, then filling up the terminal input buffer
     sends a BEL character (code `007') to the terminal to ring the
     bell.

     This is a BSD extension.


File: libc.info,  Node: Output Modes,  Next: Control Modes,  Prev: Input Modes,  Up: Terminal Modes

17.4.5 Output Modes
-------------------

This section describes the terminal flags and fields that control how
output characters are translated and padded for display.  All of these
are contained in the `c_oflag' member of the `struct termios' structure.

   The `c_oflag' member itself is an integer, and you change the flags
and fields using the operators `&', `|', and `^'.  Don't try to specify
the entire value for `c_oflag'--instead, change only specific flags and
leave the rest untouched (*note Setting Modes::).

 -- Macro: tcflag_t OPOST
     If this bit is set, output data is processed in some unspecified
     way so that it is displayed appropriately on the terminal device.
     This typically includes mapping newline characters (`'\n'') onto
     carriage return and linefeed pairs.

     If this bit isn't set, the characters are transmitted as-is.

   The following three bits are effective only if `OPOST' is set.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ONLCR
     If this bit is set, convert the newline character on output into a
     pair of characters, carriage return followed by linefeed.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t OXTABS
     If this bit is set, convert tab characters on output into the
     appropriate number of spaces to emulate a tab stop every eight
     columns.  This bit exists only on BSD systems and GNU/Hurd
     systems; on GNU/Linux systems it is available as `XTABS'.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ONOEOT
     If this bit is set, discard `C-d' characters (code `004') on
     output.  These characters cause many dial-up terminals to
     disconnect.  This bit exists only on BSD systems and GNU/Hurd
     systems.


File: libc.info,  Node: Control Modes,  Next: Local Modes,  Prev: Output Modes,  Up: Terminal Modes

17.4.6 Control Modes
--------------------

This section describes the terminal flags and fields that control
parameters usually associated with asynchronous serial data
transmission.  These flags may not make sense for other kinds of
terminal ports (such as a network connection pseudo-terminal).  All of
these are contained in the `c_cflag' member of the `struct termios'
structure.

   The `c_cflag' member itself is an integer, and you change the flags
and fields using the operators `&', `|', and `^'.  Don't try to specify
the entire value for `c_cflag'--instead, change only specific flags and
leave the rest untouched (*note Setting Modes::).

 -- Macro: tcflag_t CLOCAL
     If this bit is set, it indicates that the terminal is connected
     "locally" and that the modem status lines (such as carrier detect)
     should be ignored.  

     On many systems if this bit is not set and you call `open' without
     the `O_NONBLOCK' flag set, `open' blocks until a modem connection
     is established.

     If this bit is not set and a modem disconnect is detected, a
     `SIGHUP' signal is sent to the controlling process group for the
     terminal (if it has one).  Normally, this causes the process to
     exit; see *note Signal Handling::.  Reading from the terminal
     after a disconnect causes an end-of-file condition, and writing
     causes an `EIO' error to be returned.  The terminal device must be
     closed and reopened to clear the condition.  

 -- Macro: tcflag_t HUPCL
     If this bit is set, a modem disconnect is generated when all
     processes that have the terminal device open have either closed
     the file or exited.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t CREAD
     If this bit is set, input can be read from the terminal.
     Otherwise, input is discarded when it arrives.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t CSTOPB
     If this bit is set, two stop bits are used.  Otherwise, only one
     stop bit is used.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t PARENB
     If this bit is set, generation and detection of a parity bit are
     enabled.  *Note Input Modes::, for information on how input parity
     errors are handled.

     If this bit is not set, no parity bit is added to output
     characters, and input characters are not checked for correct
     parity.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t PARODD
     This bit is only useful if `PARENB' is set.  If `PARODD' is set,
     odd parity is used, otherwise even parity is used.

   The control mode flags also includes a field for the number of bits
per character.  You can use the `CSIZE' macro as a mask to extract the
value, like this: `settings.c_cflag & CSIZE'.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t CSIZE
     This is a mask for the number of bits per character.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t CS5
     This specifies five bits per byte.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t CS6
     This specifies six bits per byte.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t CS7
     This specifies seven bits per byte.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t CS8
     This specifies eight bits per byte.

   The following four bits are BSD extensions; these exist only on BSD
systems and GNU/Hurd systems.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t CCTS_OFLOW
     If this bit is set, enable flow control of output based on the CTS
     wire (RS232 protocol).

 -- Macro: tcflag_t CRTS_IFLOW
     If this bit is set, enable flow control of input based on the RTS
     wire (RS232 protocol).

 -- Macro: tcflag_t MDMBUF
     If this bit is set, enable carrier-based flow control of output.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t CIGNORE
     If this bit is set, it says to ignore the control modes and line
     speed values entirely.  This is only meaningful in a call to
     `tcsetattr'.

     The `c_cflag' member and the line speed values returned by
     `cfgetispeed' and `cfgetospeed' will be unaffected by the call.
     `CIGNORE' is useful if you want to set all the software modes in
     the other members, but leave the hardware details in `c_cflag'
     unchanged.  (This is how the `TCSASOFT' flag to `tcsettattr'
     works.)

     This bit is never set in the structure filled in by `tcgetattr'.


File: libc.info,  Node: Local Modes,  Next: Line Speed,  Prev: Control Modes,  Up: Terminal Modes

17.4.7 Local Modes
------------------

This section describes the flags for the `c_lflag' member of the
`struct termios' structure.  These flags generally control higher-level
aspects of input processing than the input modes flags described in
*note Input Modes::, such as echoing, signals, and the choice of
canonical or noncanonical input.

   The `c_lflag' member itself is an integer, and you change the flags
and fields using the operators `&', `|', and `^'.  Don't try to specify
the entire value for `c_lflag'--instead, change only specific flags and
leave the rest untouched (*note Setting Modes::).

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ICANON
     This bit, if set, enables canonical input processing mode.
     Otherwise, input is processed in noncanonical mode.  *Note
     Canonical or Not::.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ECHO
     If this bit is set, echoing of input characters back to the
     terminal is enabled.  

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ECHOE
     If this bit is set, echoing indicates erasure of input with the
     ERASE character by erasing the last character in the current line
     from the screen.  Otherwise, the character erased is re-echoed to
     show what has happened (suitable for a printing terminal).

     This bit only controls the display behavior; the `ICANON' bit by
     itself controls actual recognition of the ERASE character and
     erasure of input, without which `ECHOE' is simply irrelevant.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ECHOPRT
     This bit is like `ECHOE', enables display of the ERASE character in
     a way that is geared to a hardcopy terminal.  When you type the
     ERASE character, a `\' character is printed followed by the first
     character erased.  Typing the ERASE character again just prints
     the next character erased.  Then, the next time you type a normal
     character, a `/' character is printed before the character echoes.

     This is a BSD extension, and exists only in BSD systems and
     GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd systems.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ECHOK
     This bit enables special display of the KILL character by moving
     to a new line after echoing the KILL character normally.  The
     behavior of `ECHOKE' (below) is nicer to look at.

     If this bit is not set, the KILL character echoes just as it would
     if it were not the KILL character.  Then it is up to the user to
     remember that the KILL character has erased the preceding input;
     there is no indication of this on the screen.

     This bit only controls the display behavior; the `ICANON' bit by
     itself controls actual recognition of the KILL character and
     erasure of input, without which `ECHOK' is simply irrelevant.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ECHOKE
     This bit is similar to `ECHOK'.  It enables special display of the
     KILL character by erasing on the screen the entire line that has
     been killed.  This is a BSD extension, and exists only in BSD
     systems and GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd systems.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ECHONL
     If this bit is set and the `ICANON' bit is also set, then the
     newline (`'\n'') character is echoed even if the `ECHO' bit is not
     set.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ECHOCTL
     If this bit is set and the `ECHO' bit is also set, echo control
     characters with `^' followed by the corresponding text character.
     Thus, control-A echoes as `^A'.  This is usually the preferred mode
     for interactive input, because echoing a control character back to
     the terminal could have some undesired effect on the terminal.

     This is a BSD extension, and exists only in BSD systems and
     GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd systems.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ISIG
     This bit controls whether the INTR, QUIT, and SUSP characters are
     recognized.  The functions associated with these characters are
     performed if and only if this bit is set.  Being in canonical or
     noncanonical input mode has no affect on the interpretation of
     these characters.

     You should use caution when disabling recognition of these
     characters.  Programs that cannot be interrupted interactively are
     very user-unfriendly.  If you clear this bit, your program should
     provide some alternate interface that allows the user to
     interactively send the signals associated with these characters,
     or to escape from the program.  

     *Note Signal Characters::.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t IEXTEN
     POSIX.1 gives `IEXTEN' implementation-defined meaning, so you
     cannot rely on this interpretation on all systems.

     On BSD systems and GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd systems, it enables the
     LNEXT and DISCARD characters.  *Note Other Special::.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t NOFLSH
     Normally, the INTR, QUIT, and SUSP characters cause input and
     output queues for the terminal to be cleared.  If this bit is set,
     the queues are not cleared.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t TOSTOP
     If this bit is set and the system supports job control, then
     `SIGTTOU' signals are generated by background processes that
     attempt to write to the terminal.  *Note Access to the Terminal::.

   The following bits are BSD extensions; they exist only on BSD systems
and GNU/Hurd systems.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t ALTWERASE
     This bit determines how far the WERASE character should erase.  The
     WERASE character erases back to the beginning of a word; the
     question is, where do words begin?

     If this bit is clear, then the beginning of a word is a
     nonwhitespace character following a whitespace character.  If the
     bit is set, then the beginning of a word is an alphanumeric
     character or underscore following a character which is none of
     those.

     *Note Editing Characters::, for more information about the WERASE
     character.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t FLUSHO
     This is the bit that toggles when the user types the DISCARD
     character.  While this bit is set, all output is discarded.  *Note
     Other Special::.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t NOKERNINFO
     Setting this bit disables handling of the STATUS character.  *Note
     Other Special::.

 -- Macro: tcflag_t PENDIN
     If this bit is set, it indicates that there is a line of input that
     needs to be reprinted.  Typing the REPRINT character sets this
     bit; the bit remains set until reprinting is finished.  *Note
     Editing Characters::.


File: libc.info,  Node: Line Speed,  Next: Special Characters,  Prev: Local Modes,  Up: Terminal Modes

17.4.8 Line Speed
-----------------

The terminal line speed tells the computer how fast to read and write
data on the terminal.

   If the terminal is connected to a real serial line, the terminal
speed you specify actually controls the line--if it doesn't match the
terminal's own idea of the speed, communication does not work.  Real
serial ports accept only certain standard speeds.  Also, particular
hardware may not support even all the standard speeds.  Specifying a
speed of zero hangs up a dialup connection and turns off modem control
signals.

   If the terminal is not a real serial line (for example, if it is a
network connection), then the line speed won't really affect data
transmission speed, but some programs will use it to determine the
amount of padding needed.  It's best to specify a line speed value that
matches the actual speed of the actual terminal, but you can safely
experiment with different values to vary the amount of padding.

   There are actually two line speeds for each terminal, one for input
and one for output.  You can set them independently, but most often
terminals use the same speed for both directions.

   The speed values are stored in the `struct termios' structure, but
don't try to access them in the `struct termios' structure directly.
Instead, you should use the following functions to read and store them:

 -- Function: speed_t cfgetospeed (const struct termios *TERMIOS-P)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function returns the output line speed stored in the structure
     `*TERMIOS-P'.

 -- Function: speed_t cfgetispeed (const struct termios *TERMIOS-P)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function returns the input line speed stored in the structure
     `*TERMIOS-P'.

 -- Function: int cfsetospeed (struct termios *TERMIOS-P, speed_t SPEED)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function stores SPEED in `*TERMIOS-P' as the output speed.
     The normal return value is 0; a value of -1 indicates an error.
     If SPEED is not a speed, `cfsetospeed' returns -1.

 -- Function: int cfsetispeed (struct termios *TERMIOS-P, speed_t SPEED)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function stores SPEED in `*TERMIOS-P' as the input speed.
     The normal return value is 0; a value of -1 indicates an error.
     If SPEED is not a speed, `cfsetospeed' returns -1.

 -- Function: int cfsetspeed (struct termios *TERMIOS-P, speed_t SPEED)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function stores SPEED in `*TERMIOS-P' as both the input and
     output speeds.  The normal return value is 0; a value of -1
     indicates an error.  If SPEED is not a speed, `cfsetspeed' returns
     -1.  This function is an extension in 4.4 BSD.

 -- Data Type: speed_t
     The `speed_t' type is an unsigned integer data type used to
     represent line speeds.

   The functions `cfsetospeed' and `cfsetispeed' report errors only for
speed values that the system simply cannot handle.  If you specify a
speed value that is basically acceptable, then those functions will
succeed.  But they do not check that a particular hardware device can
actually support the specified speeds--in fact, they don't know which
device you plan to set the speed for.  If you use `tcsetattr' to set
the speed of a particular device to a value that it cannot handle,
`tcsetattr' returns -1.

   *Portability note:* In the GNU C Library, the functions above accept
speeds measured in bits per second as input, and return speed values
measured in bits per second.  Other libraries require speeds to be
indicated by special codes.  For POSIX.1 portability, you must use one
of the following symbols to represent the speed; their precise numeric
values are system-dependent, but each name has a fixed meaning: `B110'
stands for 110 bps, `B300' for 300 bps, and so on.  There is no
portable way to represent any speed but these, but these are the only
speeds that typical serial lines can support.

     B0  B50  B75  B110  B134  B150  B200
     B300  B600  B1200  B1800  B2400  B4800
     B9600  B19200  B38400  B57600  B115200
     B230400  B460800

   BSD defines two additional speed symbols as aliases: `EXTA' is an
alias for `B19200' and `EXTB' is an alias for `B38400'.  These aliases
are obsolete.


File: libc.info,  Node: Special Characters,  Next: Noncanonical Input,  Prev: Line Speed,  Up: Terminal Modes

17.4.9 Special Characters
-------------------------

In canonical input, the terminal driver recognizes a number of special
characters which perform various control functions.  These include the
ERASE character (usually <DEL>) for editing input, and other editing
characters.  The INTR character (normally `C-c') for sending a `SIGINT'
signal, and other signal-raising characters, may be available in either
canonical or noncanonical input mode.  All these characters are
described in this section.

   The particular characters used are specified in the `c_cc' member of
the `struct termios' structure.  This member is an array; each element
specifies the character for a particular role.  Each element has a
symbolic constant that stands for the index of that element--for
example, `VINTR' is the index of the element that specifies the INTR
character, so storing `'='' in `TERMIOS.c_cc[VINTR]' specifies `=' as
the INTR character.

   On some systems, you can disable a particular special character
function by specifying the value `_POSIX_VDISABLE' for that role.  This
value is unequal to any possible character code.  *Note Options for
Files::, for more information about how to tell whether the operating
system you are using supports `_POSIX_VDISABLE'.

* Menu:

* Editing Characters::          Special characters that terminate lines and
                                  delete text, and other editing functions.
* Signal Characters::           Special characters that send or raise signals
                                  to or for certain classes of processes.
* Start/Stop Characters::       Special characters that suspend or resume
                                  suspended output.
* Other Special::		Other special characters for BSD systems:
				  they can discard output, and print status.


File: libc.info,  Node: Editing Characters,  Next: Signal Characters,  Up: Special Characters

17.4.9.1 Characters for Input Editing
.....................................

These special characters are active only in canonical input mode.
*Note Canonical or Not::.

 -- Macro: int VEOF
     This is the subscript for the EOF character in the special control
     character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VEOF]' holds the character itself.

     The EOF character is recognized only in canonical input mode.  It
     acts as a line terminator in the same way as a newline character,
     but if the EOF character is typed at the beginning of a line it
     causes `read' to return a byte count of zero, indicating
     end-of-file.  The EOF character itself is discarded.

     Usually, the EOF character is `C-d'.

 -- Macro: int VEOL
     This is the subscript for the EOL character in the special control
     character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VEOL]' holds the character itself.

     The EOL character is recognized only in canonical input mode.  It
     acts as a line terminator, just like a newline character.  The EOL
     character is not discarded; it is read as the last character in
     the input line.

     You don't need to use the EOL character to make <RET> end a line.
     Just set the ICRNL flag.  In fact, this is the default state of
     affairs.

 -- Macro: int VEOL2
     This is the subscript for the EOL2 character in the special control
     character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VEOL2]' holds the character itself.

     The EOL2 character works just like the EOL character (see above),
     but it can be a different character.  Thus, you can specify two
     characters to terminate an input line, by setting EOL to one of
     them and EOL2 to the other.

     The EOL2 character is a BSD extension; it exists only on BSD
     systems and GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd systems.

 -- Macro: int VERASE
     This is the subscript for the ERASE character in the special
     control character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VERASE]' holds the
     character itself.

     The ERASE character is recognized only in canonical input mode.
     When the user types the erase character, the previous character
     typed is discarded.  (If the terminal generates multibyte
     character sequences, this may cause more than one byte of input to
     be discarded.)  This cannot be used to erase past the beginning of
     the current line of text.  The ERASE character itself is discarded.

     Usually, the ERASE character is <DEL>.

 -- Macro: int VWERASE
     This is the subscript for the WERASE character in the special
     control character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VWERASE]' holds the
     character itself.

     The WERASE character is recognized only in canonical mode.  It
     erases an entire word of prior input, and any whitespace after it;
     whitespace characters before the word are not erased.

     The definition of a "word" depends on the setting of the
     `ALTWERASE' mode; *note Local Modes::.

     If the `ALTWERASE' mode is not set, a word is defined as a sequence
     of any characters except space or tab.

     If the `ALTWERASE' mode is set, a word is defined as a sequence of
     characters containing only letters, numbers, and underscores,
     optionally followed by one character that is not a letter, number,
     or underscore.

     The WERASE character is usually `C-w'.

     This is a BSD extension.

 -- Macro: int VKILL
     This is the subscript for the KILL character in the special control
     character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VKILL]' holds the character itself.

     The KILL character is recognized only in canonical input mode.
     When the user types the kill character, the entire contents of the
     current line of input are discarded.  The kill character itself is
     discarded too.

     The KILL character is usually `C-u'.

 -- Macro: int VREPRINT
     This is the subscript for the REPRINT character in the special
     control character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VREPRINT]' holds the
     character itself.

     The REPRINT character is recognized only in canonical mode.  It
     reprints the current input line.  If some asynchronous output has
     come while you are typing, this lets you see the line you are
     typing clearly again.

     The REPRINT character is usually `C-r'.

     This is a BSD extension.


File: libc.info,  Node: Signal Characters,  Next: Start/Stop Characters,  Prev: Editing Characters,  Up: Special Characters

17.4.9.2 Characters that Cause Signals
......................................

These special characters may be active in either canonical or
noncanonical input mode, but only when the `ISIG' flag is set (*note
Local Modes::).

 -- Macro: int VINTR
     This is the subscript for the INTR character in the special control
     character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VINTR]' holds the character itself.

     The INTR (interrupt) character raises a `SIGINT' signal for all
     processes in the foreground job associated with the terminal.  The
     INTR character itself is then discarded.  *Note Signal Handling::,
     for more information about signals.

     Typically, the INTR character is `C-c'.

 -- Macro: int VQUIT
     This is the subscript for the QUIT character in the special control
     character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VQUIT]' holds the character itself.

     The QUIT character raises a `SIGQUIT' signal for all processes in
     the foreground job associated with the terminal.  The QUIT
     character itself is then discarded.  *Note Signal Handling::, for
     more information about signals.

     Typically, the QUIT character is `C-\'.

 -- Macro: int VSUSP
     This is the subscript for the SUSP character in the special control
     character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VSUSP]' holds the character itself.

     The SUSP (suspend) character is recognized only if the
     implementation supports job control (*note Job Control::).  It
     causes a `SIGTSTP' signal to be sent to all processes in the
     foreground job associated with the terminal.  The SUSP character
     itself is then discarded.  *Note Signal Handling::, for more
     information about signals.

     Typically, the SUSP character is `C-z'.

   Few applications disable the normal interpretation of the SUSP
character.  If your program does this, it should provide some other
mechanism for the user to stop the job.  When the user invokes this
mechanism, the program should send a `SIGTSTP' signal to the process
group of the process, not just to the process itself.  *Note Signaling
Another Process::.

 -- Macro: int VDSUSP
     This is the subscript for the DSUSP character in the special
     control character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VDSUSP]' holds the
     character itself.

     The DSUSP (suspend) character is recognized only if the
     implementation supports job control (*note Job Control::).  It
     sends a `SIGTSTP' signal, like the SUSP character, but not right
     away--only when the program tries to read it as input.  Not all
     systems with job control support DSUSP; only BSD-compatible
     systems (including GNU/Hurd systems).

     *Note Signal Handling::, for more information about signals.

     Typically, the DSUSP character is `C-y'.


File: libc.info,  Node: Start/Stop Characters,  Next: Other Special,  Prev: Signal Characters,  Up: Special Characters

17.4.9.3 Special Characters for Flow Control
............................................

These special characters may be active in either canonical or
noncanonical input mode, but their use is controlled by the flags
`IXON' and `IXOFF' (*note Input Modes::).

 -- Macro: int VSTART
     This is the subscript for the START character in the special
     control character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VSTART]' holds the
     character itself.

     The START character is used to support the `IXON' and `IXOFF'
     input modes.  If `IXON' is set, receiving a START character resumes
     suspended output; the START character itself is discarded.  If
     `IXANY' is set, receiving any character at all resumes suspended
     output; the resuming character is not discarded unless it is the
     START character.  `IXOFF' is set, the system may also transmit
     START characters to the terminal.

     The usual value for the START character is `C-q'.  You may not be
     able to change this value--the hardware may insist on using `C-q'
     regardless of what you specify.

 -- Macro: int VSTOP
     This is the subscript for the STOP character in the special control
     character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VSTOP]' holds the character itself.

     The STOP character is used to support the `IXON' and `IXOFF' input
     modes.  If `IXON' is set, receiving a STOP character causes output
     to be suspended; the STOP character itself is discarded.  If
     `IXOFF' is set, the system may also transmit STOP characters to the
     terminal, to prevent the input queue from overflowing.

     The usual value for the STOP character is `C-s'.  You may not be
     able to change this value--the hardware may insist on using `C-s'
     regardless of what you specify.


File: libc.info,  Node: Other Special,  Prev: Start/Stop Characters,  Up: Special Characters

17.4.9.4 Other Special Characters
.................................

 -- Macro: int VLNEXT
     This is the subscript for the LNEXT character in the special
     control character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VLNEXT]' holds the
     character itself.

     The LNEXT character is recognized only when `IEXTEN' is set, but in
     both canonical and noncanonical mode.  It disables any special
     significance of the next character the user types.  Even if the
     character would normally perform some editing function or generate
     a signal, it is read as a plain character.  This is the analogue
     of the `C-q' command in Emacs.  "LNEXT" stands for "literal next."

     The LNEXT character is usually `C-v'.

     This character is available on BSD systems and GNU/Linux and
     GNU/Hurd systems.

 -- Macro: int VDISCARD
     This is the subscript for the DISCARD character in the special
     control character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VDISCARD]' holds the
     character itself.

     The DISCARD character is recognized only when `IEXTEN' is set, but
     in both canonical and noncanonical mode.  Its effect is to toggle
     the discard-output flag.  When this flag is set, all program
     output is discarded.  Setting the flag also discards all output
     currently in the output buffer.  Typing any other character resets
     the flag.

     This character is available on BSD systems and GNU/Linux and
     GNU/Hurd systems.

 -- Macro: int VSTATUS
     This is the subscript for the STATUS character in the special
     control character array.  `TERMIOS.c_cc[VSTATUS]' holds the
     character itself.

     The STATUS character's effect is to print out a status message
     about how the current process is running.

     The STATUS character is recognized only in canonical mode, and
     only if `NOKERNINFO' is not set.

     This character is available only on BSD systems and GNU/Hurd
     systems.


File: libc.info,  Node: Noncanonical Input,  Prev: Special Characters,  Up: Terminal Modes

17.4.10 Noncanonical Input
--------------------------

In noncanonical input mode, the special editing characters such as
ERASE and KILL are ignored.  The system facilities for the user to edit
input are disabled in noncanonical mode, so that all input characters
(unless they are special for signal or flow-control purposes) are passed
to the application program exactly as typed.  It is up to the
application program to give the user ways to edit the input, if
appropriate.

   Noncanonical mode offers special parameters called MIN and TIME for
controlling whether and how long to wait for input to be available.  You
can even use them to avoid ever waiting--to return immediately with
whatever input is available, or with no input.

   The MIN and TIME are stored in elements of the `c_cc' array, which
is a member of the `struct termios' structure.  Each element of this
array has a particular role, and each element has a symbolic constant
that stands for the index of that element.  `VMIN' and `VMAX' are the
names for the indices in the array of the MIN and TIME slots.

 -- Macro: int VMIN
     This is the subscript for the MIN slot in the `c_cc' array.  Thus,
     `TERMIOS.c_cc[VMIN]' is the value itself.

     The MIN slot is only meaningful in noncanonical input mode; it
     specifies the minimum number of bytes that must be available in the
     input queue in order for `read' to return.

 -- Macro: int VTIME
     This is the subscript for the TIME slot in the `c_cc' array.  Thus,
     `TERMIOS.c_cc[VTIME]' is the value itself.

     The TIME slot is only meaningful in noncanonical input mode; it
     specifies how long to wait for input before returning, in units of
     0.1 seconds.

   The MIN and TIME values interact to determine the criterion for when
`read' should return; their precise meanings depend on which of them
are nonzero.  There are four possible cases:

   * Both TIME and MIN are nonzero.

     In this case, TIME specifies how long to wait after each input
     character to see if more input arrives.  After the first character
     received, `read' keeps waiting until either MIN bytes have arrived
     in all, or TIME elapses with no further input.

     `read' always blocks until the first character arrives, even if
     TIME elapses first.  `read' can return more than MIN characters if
     more than MIN happen to be in the queue.

   * Both MIN and TIME are zero.

     In this case, `read' always returns immediately with as many
     characters as are available in the queue, up to the number
     requested.  If no input is immediately available, `read' returns a
     value of zero.

   * MIN is zero but TIME has a nonzero value.

     In this case, `read' waits for time TIME for input to become
     available; the availability of a single byte is enough to satisfy
     the read request and cause `read' to return.  When it returns, it
     returns as many characters as are available, up to the number
     requested.  If no input is available before the timer expires,
     `read' returns a value of zero.

   * TIME is zero but MIN has a nonzero value.

     In this case, `read' waits until at least MIN bytes are available
     in the queue.  At that time, `read' returns as many characters as
     are available, up to the number requested.  `read' can return more
     than MIN characters if more than MIN happen to be in the queue.

   What happens if MIN is 50 and you ask to read just 10 bytes?
Normally, `read' waits until there are 50 bytes in the buffer (or, more
generally, the wait condition described above is satisfied), and then
reads 10 of them, leaving the other 40 buffered in the operating system
for a subsequent call to `read'.

   *Portability note:* On some systems, the MIN and TIME slots are
actually the same as the EOF and EOL slots.  This causes no serious
problem because the MIN and TIME slots are used only in noncanonical
input and the EOF and EOL slots are used only in canonical input, but it
isn't very clean.  The GNU C Library allocates separate slots for these
uses.

 -- Function: void cfmakeraw (struct termios *TERMIOS-P)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function provides an easy way to set up `*TERMIOS-P' for what
     has traditionally been called "raw mode" in BSD.  This uses
     noncanonical input, and turns off most processing to give an
     unmodified channel to the terminal.

     It does exactly this:
            TERMIOS-P->c_iflag &= ~(IGNBRK|BRKINT|PARMRK|ISTRIP
                                          |INLCR|IGNCR|ICRNL|IXON);
            TERMIOS-P->c_oflag &= ~OPOST;
            TERMIOS-P->c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ECHONL|ICANON|ISIG|IEXTEN);
            TERMIOS-P->c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE|PARENB);
            TERMIOS-P->c_cflag |= CS8;


File: libc.info,  Node: BSD Terminal Modes,  Next: Line Control,  Prev: Terminal Modes,  Up: Low-Level Terminal Interface

17.5 BSD Terminal Modes
=======================

The usual way to get and set terminal modes is with the functions
described in *note Terminal Modes::.  However, on some systems you can
use the BSD-derived functions in this section to do some of the same
thing.  On many systems, these functions do not exist.  Even with the
GNU C Library, the functions simply fail with `errno' = `ENOSYS' with
many kernels, including Linux.

   The symbols used in this section are declared in `sgtty.h'.

 -- Data Type: struct sgttyb
     This structure is an input or output parameter list for `gtty' and
     `stty'.

    `char sg_ispeed'
          Line speed for input

    `char sg_ospeed'
          Line speed for output

    `char sg_erase'
          Erase character

    `char sg_kill'
          Kill character

    `int sg_flags'
          Various flags

 -- Function: int gtty (int FILEDES, struct sgttyb *ATTRIBUTES)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function gets the attributes of a terminal.

     `gtty' sets *ATTRIBUTES to describe the terminal attributes of the
     terminal which is open with file descriptor FILEDES.

 -- Function: int stty (int FILEDES, const struct sgttyb *ATTRIBUTES)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     This function sets the attributes of a terminal.

     `stty' sets the terminal attributes of the terminal which is open
     with file descriptor FILEDES to those described by *FILEDES.


File: libc.info,  Node: Line Control,  Next: Noncanon Example,  Prev: BSD Terminal Modes,  Up: Low-Level Terminal Interface

17.6 Line Control Functions
===========================

These functions perform miscellaneous control actions on terminal
devices.  As regards terminal access, they are treated like doing
output: if any of these functions is used by a background process on its
controlling terminal, normally all processes in the process group are
sent a `SIGTTOU' signal.  The exception is if the calling process
itself is ignoring or blocking `SIGTTOU' signals, in which case the
operation is performed and no signal is sent.  *Note Job Control::.

 -- Function: int tcsendbreak (int FILEDES, int DURATION)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:tcattr(filedes)/bsd | AS-Unsafe |
     AC-Unsafe corrupt/bsd | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function generates a break condition by transmitting a stream
     of zero bits on the terminal associated with the file descriptor
     FILEDES.  The duration of the break is controlled by the DURATION
     argument.  If zero, the duration is between 0.25 and 0.5 seconds.
     The meaning of a nonzero value depends on the operating system.

     This function does nothing if the terminal is not an asynchronous
     serial data port.

     The return value is normally zero.  In the event of an error, a
     value of -1 is returned.  The following `errno' error conditions
     are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTTY'
          The FILEDES is not associated with a terminal device.

 -- Function: int tcdrain (int FILEDES)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `tcdrain' function waits until all queued output to the
     terminal FILEDES has been transmitted.

     This function is a cancellation point in multi-threaded programs.
     This is a problem if the thread allocates some resources (like
     memory, file descriptors, semaphores or whatever) at the time
     `tcdrain' is called.  If the thread gets canceled these resources
     stay allocated until the program ends.  To avoid this calls to
     `tcdrain' should be protected using cancellation handlers.

     The return value is normally zero.  In the event of an error, a
     value of -1 is returned.  The following `errno' error conditions
     are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTTY'
          The FILEDES is not associated with a terminal device.

    `EINTR'
          The operation was interrupted by delivery of a signal.  *Note
          Interrupted Primitives::.

 -- Function: int tcflush (int FILEDES, int QUEUE)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `tcflush' function is used to clear the input and/or output
     queues associated with the terminal file FILEDES.  The QUEUE
     argument specifies which queue(s) to clear, and can be one of the
     following values:

    `TCIFLUSH'
          Clear any input data received, but not yet read.

    `TCOFLUSH'
          Clear any output data written, but not yet transmitted.

    `TCIOFLUSH'
          Clear both queued input and output.

     The return value is normally zero.  In the event of an error, a
     value of -1 is returned.  The following `errno' error conditions
     are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTTY'
          The FILEDES is not associated with a terminal device.

    `EINVAL'
          A bad value was supplied as the QUEUE argument.

     It is unfortunate that this function is named `tcflush', because
     the term "flush" is normally used for quite another
     operation--waiting until all output is transmitted--and using it
     for discarding input or output would be confusing.  Unfortunately,
     the name `tcflush' comes from POSIX and we cannot change it.

 -- Function: int tcflow (int FILEDES, int ACTION)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:tcattr(filedes)/bsd | AS-Unsafe |
     AC-Safe | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `tcflow' function is used to perform operations relating to
     XON/XOFF flow control on the terminal file specified by FILEDES.

     The ACTION argument specifies what operation to perform, and can
     be one of the following values:

    `TCOOFF'
          Suspend transmission of output.

    `TCOON'
          Restart transmission of output.

    `TCIOFF'
          Transmit a STOP character.

    `TCION'
          Transmit a START character.

     For more information about the STOP and START characters, see
     *note Special Characters::.

     The return value is normally zero.  In the event of an error, a
     value of -1 is returned.  The following `errno' error conditions
     are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES is not a valid file descriptor.

    `ENOTTY'
          The FILEDES is not associated with a terminal device.

    `EINVAL'
          A bad value was supplied as the ACTION argument.


File: libc.info,  Node: Noncanon Example,  Next: Pseudo-Terminals,  Prev: Line Control,  Up: Low-Level Terminal Interface

17.7 Noncanonical Mode Example
==============================

Here is an example program that shows how you can set up a terminal
device to read single characters in noncanonical input mode, without
echo.


     #include <unistd.h>
     #include <stdio.h>
     #include <stdlib.h>
     #include <termios.h>

     /* Use this variable to remember original terminal attributes. */

     struct termios saved_attributes;

     void
     reset_input_mode (void)
     {
       tcsetattr (STDIN_FILENO, TCSANOW, &saved_attributes);
     }

     void
     set_input_mode (void)
     {
       struct termios tattr;
       char *name;

       /* Make sure stdin is a terminal. */
       if (!isatty (STDIN_FILENO))
         {
           fprintf (stderr, "Not a terminal.\n");
           exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
         }

       /* Save the terminal attributes so we can restore them later. */
       tcgetattr (STDIN_FILENO, &saved_attributes);
       atexit (reset_input_mode);

       /* Set the funny terminal modes. */
       tcgetattr (STDIN_FILENO, &tattr);
       tattr.c_lflag &= ~(ICANON|ECHO); /* Clear ICANON and ECHO. */
       tattr.c_cc[VMIN] = 1;
       tattr.c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
       tcsetattr (STDIN_FILENO, TCSAFLUSH, &tattr);
     }

     int
     main (void)
     {
       char c;

       set_input_mode ();

       while (1)
         {
           read (STDIN_FILENO, &c, 1);
           if (c == '\004')          /* `C-d' */
             break;
           else
             putchar (c);
         }

       return EXIT_SUCCESS;
     }

   This program is careful to restore the original terminal modes before
exiting or terminating with a signal.  It uses the `atexit' function
(*note Cleanups on Exit::) to make sure this is done by `exit'.

   The shell is supposed to take care of resetting the terminal modes
when a process is stopped or continued; see *note Job Control::.  But
some existing shells do not actually do this, so you may wish to
establish handlers for job control signals that reset terminal modes.
The above example does so.


File: libc.info,  Node: Pseudo-Terminals,  Prev: Noncanon Example,  Up: Low-Level Terminal Interface

17.8 Pseudo-Terminals
=====================

A "pseudo-terminal" is a special interprocess communication channel
that acts like a terminal.  One end of the channel is called the
"master" side or "master pseudo-terminal device", the other side is
called the "slave" side.  Data written to the master side is received
by the slave side as if it was the result of a user typing at an
ordinary terminal, and data written to the slave side is sent to the
master side as if it was written on an ordinary terminal.

   Pseudo terminals are the way programs like `xterm' and `emacs'
implement their terminal emulation functionality.

* Menu:

* Allocation::             Allocating a pseudo terminal.
* Pseudo-Terminal Pairs::  How to open both sides of a
                            pseudo-terminal in a single operation.


File: libc.info,  Node: Allocation,  Next: Pseudo-Terminal Pairs,  Up: Pseudo-Terminals

17.8.1 Allocating Pseudo-Terminals
----------------------------------

This subsection describes functions for allocating a pseudo-terminal,
and for making this pseudo-terminal available for actual use.  These
functions are declared in the header file `stdlib.h'.

 -- Function: int getpt (void)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Safe | AC-Safe fd | *Note POSIX Safety
     Concepts::.

     The `getpt' function returns a new file descriptor for the next
     available master pseudo-terminal.  The normal return value from
     `getpt' is a non-negative integer file descriptor.  In the case of
     an error, a value of -1 is returned instead.  The following
     `errno' conditions are defined for this function:

    `ENOENT'
          There are no free master pseudo-terminals available.

     This function is a GNU extension.

 -- Function: int grantpt (int FILEDES)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen plugin heap lock
     | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `grantpt' function changes the ownership and access permission
     of the slave pseudo-terminal device corresponding to the master
     pseudo-terminal device associated with the file descriptor
     FILEDES.  The owner is set from the real user ID of the calling
     process (*note Process Persona::), and the group is set to a
     special group (typically "tty") or from the real group ID of the
     calling process.  The access permission is set such that the file
     is both readable and writable by the owner and only writable by
     the group.

     On some systems this function is implemented by invoking a special
     `setuid' root program (*note How Change Persona::).  As a
     consequence, installing a signal handler for the `SIGCHLD' signal
     (*note Job Control Signals::) may interfere with a call to
     `grantpt'.

     The normal return value from `grantpt' is 0; a value of -1 is
     returned in case of failure.  The following `errno' error
     conditions are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `EINVAL'
          The FILEDES argument is not associated with a master
          pseudo-terminal device.

    `EACCES'
          The slave pseudo-terminal device corresponding to the master
          associated with FILEDES could not be accessed.


 -- Function: int unlockpt (int FILEDES)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap/bsd | AC-Unsafe mem fd |
     *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `unlockpt' function unlocks the slave pseudo-terminal device
     corresponding to the master pseudo-terminal device associated with
     the file descriptor FILEDES.  On many systems, the slave can only
     be opened after unlocking, so portable applications should always
     call `unlockpt' before trying to open the slave.

     The normal return value from `unlockpt' is 0; a value of -1 is
     returned in case of failure.  The following `errno' error
     conditions are defined for this function:

    `EBADF'
          The FILEDES argument is not a valid file descriptor.

    `EINVAL'
          The FILEDES argument is not associated with a master
          pseudo-terminal device.

 -- Function: char * ptsname (int FILEDES)
     Preliminary: | MT-Unsafe race:ptsname | AS-Unsafe heap/bsd |
     AC-Unsafe mem fd | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     If the file descriptor FILEDES is associated with a master
     pseudo-terminal device, the `ptsname' function returns a pointer
     to a statically-allocated, null-terminated string containing the
     file name of the associated slave pseudo-terminal file.  This
     string might be overwritten by subsequent calls to `ptsname'.

 -- Function: int ptsname_r (int FILEDES, char *BUF, size_t LEN)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe | AS-Unsafe heap/bsd | AC-Unsafe mem fd |
     *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     The `ptsname_r' function is similar to the `ptsname' function
     except that it places its result into the user-specified buffer
     starting at BUF with length LEN.

     This function is a GNU extension.

   *Portability Note:* On System V derived systems, the file returned
by the `ptsname' and `ptsname_r' functions may be STREAMS-based, and
therefore require additional processing after opening before it
actually behaves as a pseudo terminal.

   Typical usage of these functions is illustrated by the following
example:
     int
     open_pty_pair (int *amaster, int *aslave)
     {
       int master, slave;
       char *name;

       master = getpt ();
       if (master < 0)
         return 0;

       if (grantpt (master) < 0 || unlockpt (master) < 0)
         goto close_master;
       name = ptsname (master);
       if (name == NULL)
         goto close_master;

       slave = open (name, O_RDWR);
       if (slave == -1)
         goto close_master;

       if (isastream (slave))
         {
           if (ioctl (slave, I_PUSH, "ptem") < 0
               || ioctl (slave, I_PUSH, "ldterm") < 0)
             goto close_slave;
         }

       *amaster = master;
       *aslave = slave;
       return 1;

     close_slave:
       close (slave);

     close_master:
       close (master);
       return 0;
     }


File: libc.info,  Node: Pseudo-Terminal Pairs,  Prev: Allocation,  Up: Pseudo-Terminals

17.8.2 Opening a Pseudo-Terminal Pair
-------------------------------------

These functions, derived from BSD, are available in the separate
`libutil' library, and declared in `pty.h'.

 -- Function: int openpty (int *AMASTER, int *ASLAVE, char *NAME, const
          struct termios *TERMP, const struct winsize *WINP)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen plugin heap lock
     | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function allocates and opens a pseudo-terminal pair,
     returning the file descriptor for the master in *AMASTER, and the
     file descriptor for the slave in *ASLAVE.  If the argument NAME is
     not a null pointer, the file name of the slave pseudo-terminal
     device is stored in `*name'.  If TERMP is not a null pointer, the
     terminal attributes of the slave are set to the ones specified in
     the structure that TERMP points to (*note Terminal Modes::).
     Likewise, if the WINP is not a null pointer, the screen size of
     the slave is set to the values specified in the structure that
     WINP points to.

     The normal return value from `openpty' is 0; a value of -1 is
     returned in case of failure.  The following `errno' conditions are
     defined for this function:

    `ENOENT'
          There are no free pseudo-terminal pairs available.

     *Warning:* Using the `openpty' function with NAME not set to
     `NULL' is *very dangerous* because it provides no protection
     against overflowing the string NAME.  You should use the `ttyname'
     function on the file descriptor returned in *SLAVE to find out the
     file name of the slave pseudo-terminal device instead.

 -- Function: int forkpty (int *AMASTER, char *NAME, const struct
          termios *TERMP, const struct winsize *WINP)
     Preliminary: | MT-Safe locale | AS-Unsafe dlopen plugin heap lock
     | AC-Unsafe corrupt lock fd mem | *Note POSIX Safety Concepts::.

     This function is similar to the `openpty' function, but in
     addition, forks a new process (*note Creating a Process::) and
     makes the newly opened slave pseudo-terminal device the
     controlling terminal (*note Controlling Terminal::) for the child
     process.

     If the operation is successful, there are then both parent and
     child processes and both see `forkpty' return, but with different
     values: it returns a value of 0 in the child process and returns
     the child's process ID in the parent process.

     If the allocation of a pseudo-terminal pair or the process creation
     failed, `forkpty' returns a value of -1 in the parent process.

     *Warning:* The `forkpty' function has the same problems with
     respect to the NAME argument as `openpty'.


File: libc.info,  Node: Syslog,  Next: Mathematics,  Prev: Low-Level Terminal Interface,  Up: Top

18 Syslog
*********

This chapter describes facilities for issuing and logging messages of
system administration interest.  This chapter has nothing to do with
programs issuing messages to their own users or keeping private logs
(One would typically do that with the facilities described in *note I/O
on Streams::).

   Most systems have a facility called "Syslog" that allows programs to
submit messages of interest to system administrators and can be
configured to pass these messages on in various ways, such as printing
on the console, mailing to a particular person, or recording in a log
file for future reference.

   A program uses the facilities in this chapter to submit such
messages.

* Menu:

* Overview of Syslog::           Overview of a system's Syslog facility
* Submitting Syslog Messages::   Functions to submit messages to Syslog


File: libc.info,  Node: Overview of Syslog,  Next: Submitting Syslog Messages,  Up: Syslog

18.1 Overview of Syslog
=======================

System administrators have to deal with lots of different kinds of
messages from a plethora of subsystems within each system, and usually
lots of systems as well.  For example, an FTP server might report every
connection it gets.  The kernel might report hardware failures on a disk
drive.  A DNS server might report usage statistics at regular intervals.

   Some of these messages need to be brought to a system administrator's
attention immediately.  And it may not be just any system administrator
- there may be a particular system administrator who deals with a
particular kind of message.  Other messages just need to be recorded for
future reference if there is a problem.  Still others may need to have
information extracted from them by an automated process that generates
monthly reports.

   To deal with these messages, most Unix systems have a facility called
"Syslog."  It is generally based on a daemon called "Syslogd" Syslogd
listens for messages on a Unix domain socket named `/dev/log'.  Based
on classification information in the messages and its configuration
file (usually `/etc/syslog.conf'), Syslogd routes them in various ways.
Some of the popular routings are:

   * Write to the system console

   * Mail to a specific user

   * Write to a log file

   * Pass to another daemon

   * Discard

   Syslogd can also handle messages from other systems.  It listens on
the `syslog' UDP port as well as the local socket for messages.

   Syslog can handle messages from the kernel itself.  But the kernel
doesn't write to `/dev/log'; rather, another daemon (sometimes called
"Klogd") extracts messages from the kernel and passes them on to Syslog
as any other process would (and it properly identifies them as messages
from the kernel).

   Syslog can even handle messages that the kernel issued before
Syslogd or Klogd was running.  A Linux kernel, for example, stores
startup messages in a kernel message ring and they are normally still
there when Klogd later starts up.  Assuming Syslogd is running by the
time Klogd starts, Klogd then passes everything in the message ring to
it.

   In order to classify messages for disposition, Syslog requires any
process that submits a message to it to provide two pieces of
classification information with it:

facility
     This identifies who submitted the message.  There are a small
     number of facilities defined.  The kernel, the mail subsystem, and
     an FTP server are examples of recognized facilities.  For the
     complete list, *Note syslog; vsyslog::.  Keep in mind that these
     are essentially arbitrary classifications.  "Mail subsystem"
     doesn't have any more meaning than the system administrator gives
     to it.

priority
     This tells how important the content of the message is.  Examples
     of defined priority values are: debug, informational, warning,
     critical.  For the complete list, see *note syslog; vsyslog::.
     Except for the fact that the priorities have a defined order, the
     meaning of each of these priorities is entirely determined by the
     system administrator.


   A "facility/priority" is a number that indicates both the facility
and the priority.

   *Warning:* This terminology is not universal.  Some people use
"level" to refer to the priority and "priority" to refer to the
combination of facility and priority.  A Linux kernel has a concept of a
message "level," which corresponds both to a Syslog priority and to a
Syslog facility/priority (It can be both because the facility code for
the kernel is zero, and that makes priority and facility/priority the
same value).

   The GNU C Library provides functions to submit messages to Syslog.
They do it by writing to the `/dev/log' socket.  *Note Submitting
Syslog Messages::.

   The GNU C Library functions only work to submit messages to the
Syslog facility on the same system.  To submit a message to the Syslog
facility on another system, use the socket I/O functions to write a UDP
datagram to the `syslog' UDP port on that system.  *Note Sockets::.


File: libc.info,  Node: Submitting Syslog Messages,  Prev: Overview of Syslog,  Up: Syslog

18.2 Submitting Syslog Messages
===============================

The GNU C Library provides functions to submit messages to the Syslog
facility:

* Menu:

* openlog::                      Open connection to Syslog
* syslog; vsyslog::              Submit message to Syslog
* closelog::                     Close connection to Syslog
* setlogmask::                   Cause certain messages to be ignored
* Syslog Example::               Example of all of the above

   These functions only work to submit messages to the Syslog facility
on the same system.  To submit a message to the Syslog facility on
another system, use the socket I/O functions to write a UDP datagram to
the `syslog' UDP port on that system.  *Note Sockets::.

